(perl-font-lock-special-syntactic-constructs):
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob4da69a50f1ad0a4a7e29e093a3093fcf598dca20
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19144 23279))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18785 51151))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18802 59725))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19181 18358))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19133
125 ;;;;;; 53177))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19144 23270))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18892 6630))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (19144 23263))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19181 18357))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19152 17316))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19123 40233))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19181 18359))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19106 2682))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19144 23263))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19106
1049 ;;;;;; 2679))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18802 59719))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19181
1141 ;;;;;; 18361))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18785
1348 ;;;;;; 51238))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18802 59719))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19106 2679))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (19190 32918))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1487 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1488 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1489 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1490 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1491 save the buffer too.
1493 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1495 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1497 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1498 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1499 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1500 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1501 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1502 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1504 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1505 directory or directories specified.
1507 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1511 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1513 \(fn)" nil nil)
1515 ;;;***
1517 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1518 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1519 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19069 8574))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1523 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1525 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1526 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1527 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1528 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1529 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1533 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1534 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1536 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1537 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 \(fn)" nil nil)
1541 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1542 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1543 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1545 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1546 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1547 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1548 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1549 reflected in the current buffer.
1551 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1552 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1553 writing before you save the file!
1555 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1560 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1562 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1563 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 \(fn)" nil nil)
1567 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1568 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1569 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1571 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1572 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1574 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1576 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1577 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1578 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1579 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1581 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1582 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1583 to revert a particular buffer.
1585 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1586 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1587 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1588 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1589 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1591 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1592 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1593 specifies in the mode line.
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597 ;;;***
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1600 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18785 51152))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1603 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1604 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1605 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1609 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1611 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1612 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1613 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1614 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1616 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1617 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1618 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1620 Effects of the different modes:
1621 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1622 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1623 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1624 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1625 a random distance & direction.
1626 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1627 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1628 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1630 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1632 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1633 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1634 definition of \"random distance\".)
1636 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1638 ;;;***
1640 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1641 ;;;;;; (18785 51152))
1642 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1643 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1645 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1646 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1647 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1648 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1650 \(fn)" t nil)
1652 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1653 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1654 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1657 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1659 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1661 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1662 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1663 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1664 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1665 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1666 seconds.
1668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670 ;;;***
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1673 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18882 53808))
1674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1676 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1677 Time execution of FORMS.
1678 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1679 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1680 FORMS once.
1681 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1682 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1683 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1685 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1687 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1688 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1689 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1690 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1691 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1693 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1695 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1696 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1697 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1698 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1699 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1701 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1703 ;;;***
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1706 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19181 18361))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1709 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1710 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1711 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1712 of corresponding buffers.
1713 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1714 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1715 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1716 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1717 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1718 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1720 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1722 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1723 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1725 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1727 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1728 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1729 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1730 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1732 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1733 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1734 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1735 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1736 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1738 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1739 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1742 Special information:
1744 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1746 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1747 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1748 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1749 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1750 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1751 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1752 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1753 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1755 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1756 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1758 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1759 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1760 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1761 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1762 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1763 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1764 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1765 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1767 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1769 ----------------------------------------------------------
1770 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1771 if that value is non-nil.
1773 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1775 \(fn)" t nil)
1777 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1778 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1779 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1780 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1781 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1782 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1783 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1784 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1785 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1786 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1788 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1790 ;;;***
1792 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1793 ;;;;;; (18785 51243))
1794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1797 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1798 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1805 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1806 ;;;;;; (18785 51225))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1809 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1811 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1812 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1813 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1815 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1817 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1818 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1822 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1823 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1827 ;;;***
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18785
1830 ;;;;;; 51237))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1833 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1834 Play blackbox.
1835 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1837 What is blackbox?
1839 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1840 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1841 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1842 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1843 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1844 your score.
1846 Overview of play:
1848 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1849 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1850 four.
1852 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1853 movement keys.
1855 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1856 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1858 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1859 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1861 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1862 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1863 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1864 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1865 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1866 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1868 Details:
1870 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1872 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1873 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1874 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1875 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1877 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1878 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1879 denoted by the letter `R'.
1881 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1882 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1883 denoted by the letter `H'.
1885 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1886 example.
1888 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1889 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1890 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1891 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1892 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1893 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1894 ray.
1896 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1897 degree deflection it causes.
1900 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1903 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1910 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1911 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1924 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1925 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1926 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1927 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1928 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1929 emerging from the box.
1931 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1938 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1943 a reflection.
1945 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1947 ;;;***
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1950 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1951 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (19181
1953 ;;;;;; 18348))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1955 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1956 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1959 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1960 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1961 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1962 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1963 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1964 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1965 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1967 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1968 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1969 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1971 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1972 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1973 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1974 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1975 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1976 recent one.
1978 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1979 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1980 yank successive words.
1982 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1983 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1984 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1985 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1986 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1988 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1989 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1990 the list of bookmarks.)
1992 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1995 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1996 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1997 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1998 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1999 this.
2001 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2002 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2003 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2004 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2006 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2007 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2009 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2010 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2011 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2018 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2020 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2021 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2022 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2024 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2025 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2026 after a bookmark was set in it.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2032 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2034 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2035 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2039 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2041 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2042 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2043 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2044 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2046 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2048 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2049 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2050 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2052 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2053 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2054 name.
2056 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2059 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2060 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2062 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2063 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2064 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2065 this.
2067 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2070 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2071 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2073 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2074 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2075 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2076 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2077 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2078 probably because we were called from there.
2080 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2082 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2086 \(fn)" t nil)
2088 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2089 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2090 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2091 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2092 \(second argument).
2094 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2095 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2096 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2097 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2098 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2100 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2101 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2102 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'.
2105 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2107 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2108 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2109 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2110 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2111 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2112 while loading.
2114 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2115 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2116 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2117 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2118 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2119 explicitly.
2121 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2122 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2123 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2124 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2126 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2128 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2129 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2130 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2131 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2132 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2136 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2138 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2140 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2142 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2144 ;;;***
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2155 ;;;;;; (19190 32922))
2156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2158 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2159 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2160 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2161 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2163 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2164 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2165 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2166 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2167 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2169 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2171 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2172 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2174 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2176 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2177 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2179 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2182 Not documented
2184 \(fn)" nil nil)
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2188 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2189 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2190 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2191 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2193 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2197 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2198 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2199 narrowed.
2201 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2204 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2206 \(fn)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2209 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2211 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2215 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2216 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2218 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2222 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2223 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2229 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2230 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2231 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2232 to use.
2234 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2236 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2237 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2238 Default to the URL around or before point.
2240 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2241 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2242 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2243 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2245 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2246 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2248 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2249 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2251 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2254 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2256 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2258 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2259 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2260 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2261 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2263 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2264 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2265 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2267 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2268 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2270 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2272 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2273 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2274 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2275 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2277 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2278 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2279 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2280 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2282 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2283 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2284 new tab in an existing window instead.
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2291 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2292 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2293 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2294 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2295 Firefox.
2297 When called interactively, if variable
2298 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2299 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2300 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2301 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2303 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2304 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2305 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2307 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2308 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2311 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2312 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2313 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2314 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2315 URL in a new window.
2317 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2319 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2320 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2321 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2322 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2324 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2325 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2326 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2327 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2329 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2330 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2331 new tab in an existing window instead.
2333 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2334 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2345 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2346 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2348 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2349 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2350 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2351 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2354 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2361 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2362 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2363 program is invoked according to the variable
2364 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2372 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2378 Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2381 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2382 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2384 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2385 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2386 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2387 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2390 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2400 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2409 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2410 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2416 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2417 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2418 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2419 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2421 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2424 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2425 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2426 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2427 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2429 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2430 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2431 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2432 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2440 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2441 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2442 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2443 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2444 current one.
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2448 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2449 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2459 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2460 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2461 don't offer a form of remote control.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point.
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around the point.
2475 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2476 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2478 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2479 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 ;;;***
2485 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18785
2486 ;;;;;; 51237))
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2489 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2490 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2492 \(fn)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2495 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2497 \(fn)" nil nil)
2499 ;;;***
2501 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2502 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19169 37270))
2503 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2505 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2506 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2507 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2508 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2510 \(fn)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2513 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2514 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2515 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2517 \(fn)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2520 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2525 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2526 \\<bs-mode-map>
2527 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2528 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2529 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2530 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2532 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2533 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2534 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2535 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2536 name of buffer configuration.
2538 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2540 ;;;***
2542 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19095 42950))
2543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2545 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2546 Play Bubbles game.
2547 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2548 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2549 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2550 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2551 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2552 columns on its right towards the left.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2555 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2556 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2557 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2559 \(fn)" t nil)
2561 ;;;***
2563 ;;;### (autoloads (list-buffers) "buff-menu" "buff-menu.el" (19190
2564 ;;;;;; 32912))
2565 ;;; Generated autoloads from buff-menu.el
2567 (define-key ctl-x-map "\x02" 'list-buffers)
2569 (autoload 'list-buffers "buff-menu" "\
2570 Display a list of names of existing buffers.
2571 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'.
2572 Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
2573 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
2575 For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.
2577 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
2579 ;;;***
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2582 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18802 59725))
2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2585 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2587 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2588 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2592 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2593 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2597 ;;;***
2599 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2601 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2602 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2603 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2604 ;;;;;; (19190 32918))
2605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2606 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2609 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2611 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2612 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2614 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2616 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2617 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2618 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2619 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2620 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2621 else the global value will be modified.
2623 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2625 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2626 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2627 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2628 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2629 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2630 else the global value will be modified.
2632 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2635 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2638 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2640 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2641 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2642 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2643 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2645 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2646 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2648 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2649 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2650 before scanning it.
2652 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2653 that already has a `.elc' file.
2655 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2656 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2658 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2659 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2660 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2661 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2662 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2663 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2665 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2667 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2668 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2669 Print the result in the echo area.
2670 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2674 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2675 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2676 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2680 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2681 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2682 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2683 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2684 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2685 all functions called by those functions.
2687 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2688 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2689 cons, etc.).
2691 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2692 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2693 invoked interactively.
2695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2697 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2698 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2699 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2700 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2702 \(fn)" nil nil)
2704 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2705 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2706 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2707 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2708 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2710 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2711 already up-to-date.
2713 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2715 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2716 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2717 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2718 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2720 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2721 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2722 and corresponding effects.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2726 ;;;***
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19123
2729 ;;;;;; 40238))
2730 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2732 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2734 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2736 ;;;***
2738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19023 2334))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2741 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2743 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2745 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2747 ;;;***
2749 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2750 ;;;;;; (19190 32914))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2753 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2754 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2755 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2756 from the cursor position.
2758 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2760 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2762 ;;;***
2764 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2765 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2766 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19181
2767 ;;;;;; 18351))
2768 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2769 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2771 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2772 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2777 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2779 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2782 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2784 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2787 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2789 \(fn)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2792 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2793 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2794 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2796 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2798 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2799 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2800 This is most useful in the X window system.
2801 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2802 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2804 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2806 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2807 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2808 See calc-keypad for details.
2810 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2812 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2813 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2815 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2817 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2818 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2820 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2822 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2823 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2825 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2827 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2828 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2829 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2831 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2833 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2834 Define Calc function.
2836 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2837 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2838 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2840 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2841 actual Lisp function name.
2843 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2845 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2847 ;;;***
2849 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18785
2850 ;;;;;; 51152))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2853 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2854 Run the Emacs calculator.
2855 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2857 \(fn)" t nil)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19190
2862 ;;;;;; 32914))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2865 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2866 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2867 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2868 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2869 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2870 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2872 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2873 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2874 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2875 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2876 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2877 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2878 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2879 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2880 window.
2882 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2883 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2885 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2886 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2887 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2888 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2889 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2890 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2892 Runs the following hooks:
2894 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2895 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2896 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2897 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2899 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2903 ;;;***
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2906 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18785 51211))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2909 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2910 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2912 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2914 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2915 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2916 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2917 it fails.
2919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2921 ;;;***
2923 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2924 ;;;;;; (18785 51238))
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2927 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2928 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2930 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2931 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2932 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2933 restriction to ASCII.
2935 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2937 capitalizedWorDD
2938 ^ ^ ^^
2940 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2941 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2942 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2944 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2945 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2946 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2947 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2948 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2949 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2950 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2952 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2953 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2957 ;;;***
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18785
2960 ;;;;;; 51238))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2962 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2964 ;;;***
2966 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2967 ;;;;;; (19144 23280))
2968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2970 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2971 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2973 \(fn)" nil nil)
2975 ;;;***
2977 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2978 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2979 ;;;;;; (19042 52983))
2980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2982 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2983 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2984 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2985 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2986 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2987 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2988 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2990 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2992 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2993 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3001 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3003 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3004 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3005 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3006 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3007 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3008 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3010 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3012 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3013 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3015 Key bindings:
3016 \\{c-mode-map}
3018 \(fn)" t nil)
3020 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3021 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3023 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3024 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3025 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3026 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3027 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3028 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3029 message.
3031 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3033 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3034 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3036 Key bindings:
3037 \\{c++-mode-map}
3039 \(fn)" t nil)
3041 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3042 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3043 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3045 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3046 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3047 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3048 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3049 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3050 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3051 message.
3053 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3055 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3056 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3058 Key bindings:
3059 \\{objc-mode-map}
3061 \(fn)" t nil)
3063 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3064 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3065 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3067 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing Java code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3070 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3073 message.
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3080 Key bindings:
3081 \\{java-mode-map}
3083 \(fn)" t nil)
3085 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3086 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3087 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3089 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3090 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3091 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3092 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3093 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3094 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3095 message.
3097 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3099 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3100 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3102 Key bindings:
3103 \\{idl-mode-map}
3105 \(fn)" t nil)
3107 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3108 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3112 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3113 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3114 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3115 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3116 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3117 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3118 message.
3120 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3122 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3123 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3125 Key bindings:
3126 \\{pike-mode-map}
3128 \(fn)" t nil)
3129 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3134 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3136 ;;;***
3138 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3139 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18802 59726))
3140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3142 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3143 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3144 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3145 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3147 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3149 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3150 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3151 might get set too.
3153 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3154 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3155 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3156 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3157 way.
3159 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3160 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3161 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3162 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3163 a null operation.
3165 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3168 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3169 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3170 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3172 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3174 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3175 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3176 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3178 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3180 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3181 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3182 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3183 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3184 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3186 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3188 ;;;***
3190 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3191 ;;;;;; (18785 51238))
3192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3194 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3195 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3196 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3197 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3198 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3199 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3200 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3201 Here are some examples:
3203 Nomenclature Subwords
3204 ===========================================================
3205 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3206 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3207 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3209 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3210 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3211 as words.
3213 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3217 ;;;***
3219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19106 2692))
3220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3221 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3222 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3223 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3225 ;;;***
3227 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3228 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3229 ;;;;;; (18882 53808))
3230 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3232 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3233 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3235 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3237 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3238 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3240 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3242 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3243 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3245 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3246 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3247 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3248 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3249 execution.
3251 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3253 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3255 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3256 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3258 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3259 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3260 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3261 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3263 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3264 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3265 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3266 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3267 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3268 `write' commands.
3270 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3271 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3272 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3273 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3275 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3276 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3277 semantics.
3279 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3281 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3283 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3285 STATEMENT :=
3286 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3287 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3289 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3290 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3291 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3292 | integer
3294 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3296 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3297 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3298 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3300 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3301 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3302 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3305 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3307 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3308 BREAK := (break)
3310 REPEAT :=
3311 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3312 (repeat)
3313 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3314 ;; (repeat))
3315 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3316 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3317 ;; (read REG)
3318 ;; (repeat))
3319 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3320 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3321 ;; (read REG)
3322 ;; (repeat))
3323 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3325 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3326 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3327 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3328 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3329 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3330 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3331 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3332 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3333 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3334 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3335 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3336 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3337 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3338 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3339 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3340 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3342 WRITE :=
3343 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3344 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3345 ;; representation.
3346 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3347 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3348 ;; (write r7))
3349 | (write EXPRESSION)
3350 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3351 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3352 ;; representation.
3353 | (write integer)
3354 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3355 ;; buffer.
3356 | (write string)
3357 ;; Same as: (write string)
3358 | string
3359 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3360 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3361 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3362 ;; representation.
3363 | (write REG ARRAY)
3364 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3365 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3366 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3367 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3368 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3369 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3371 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3372 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3374 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3375 END := (end)
3377 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3378 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3379 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3381 ARG := REG | integer
3383 OPERATOR :=
3384 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3385 + | - | * | / | %
3387 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3388 | & | `|' | ^
3390 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3391 | << | >>
3393 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3394 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3395 | <8
3397 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3398 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3399 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3400 | >8
3402 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3403 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3404 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3405 | //
3407 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3408 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3410 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3411 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3412 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3413 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3414 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3415 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3416 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3417 | de-sjis
3419 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3420 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3421 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3422 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3423 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3424 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3425 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3426 ;; byte of SJIS.
3427 | en-sjis
3429 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3430 ;; Same meaning as C code
3431 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3433 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3434 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3435 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3436 | <8=
3438 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3439 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3440 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3442 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3443 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3444 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3445 | //=
3447 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3450 TRANSLATE :=
3451 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3452 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3453 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3454 LOOKUP :=
3455 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3456 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3457 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3458 MAP :=
3459 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3460 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3461 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3462 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3463 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3464 MAP-ID := integer
3466 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3468 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3469 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3470 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3471 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3472 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3473 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3475 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3477 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3478 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3479 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3481 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3483 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3485 ;;;***
3487 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3488 ;;;;;; (18785 51239))
3489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3491 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3492 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3493 There are no special keybindings by default.
3495 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3496 to the action header.
3498 \(fn)" t nil)
3500 ;;;***
3502 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19144 23271))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3506 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3507 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3508 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3510 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3512 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3513 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3514 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3516 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3518 ;;;***
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3521 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3522 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3523 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3524 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3525 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3526 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3527 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3528 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19181 18355))
3529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3530 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3531 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3532 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3533 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3534 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3536 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3537 Not documented
3539 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3542 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3543 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3544 the users will view as each check is completed.
3546 \(fn)" t nil)
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3549 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3550 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3551 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3552 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3553 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3554 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3555 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3557 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3559 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3560 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3561 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3562 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3563 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3564 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3565 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3566 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3568 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3570 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3571 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3572 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3573 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3574 spacing are all verified.
3576 \(fn)" t nil)
3578 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3579 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3580 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3581 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3582 otherwise stop after the first error.
3584 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3586 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3587 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3588 Only documentation strings are checked.
3589 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3590 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3591 a separate buffer.
3593 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3595 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3596 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3597 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3598 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3599 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3601 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3603 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3604 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3606 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3607 if there is one.
3609 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3611 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3612 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3613 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3614 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3615 if there is one.
3616 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3621 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3622 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3627 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3628 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3629 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3630 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3632 \(fn)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3635 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3636 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3637 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3638 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3639 space at the end of each line.
3641 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3645 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3658 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3659 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3665 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3666 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3667 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3669 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3672 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3673 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3674 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3676 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3679 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3680 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3681 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3683 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3686 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3687 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3688 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3690 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3692 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3693 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3694 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3695 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3697 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3700 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3701 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3702 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3704 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3707 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3708 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3709 turn it off.
3711 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3712 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3713 checking of documentation strings.
3715 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3719 ;;;***
3721 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3722 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3723 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18785 51223))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3726 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3727 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3728 Return the length of resulting text.
3730 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3732 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3733 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3738 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3739 Return the length of resulting text.
3741 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3743 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3744 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3746 \(fn)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3749 Not documented
3751 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3753 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3754 Not documented
3756 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3758 ;;;***
3760 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3761 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18785 51152))
3762 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3764 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3765 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3766 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3767 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3768 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3769 editing and the result is evaluated.
3771 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3773 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3774 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3775 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3776 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3777 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3779 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3783 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3784 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3785 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3786 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3787 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3789 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3790 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3791 \\{command-history-map}
3793 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3794 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3796 \(fn)" t nil)
3798 ;;;***
3800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19106 2683))
3801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3803 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3804 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3805 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3806 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3807 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3808 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3810 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3811 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3813 ;;;***
3815 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3816 ;;;;;; (19023 2334))
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3819 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3820 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3821 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3822 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3823 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3824 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3825 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3826 of this function.
3828 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3829 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3830 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3831 property are:
3833 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3834 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3836 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3837 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3838 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3839 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3840 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3841 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3842 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3843 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3844 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3845 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3846 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3847 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3849 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3850 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3851 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3853 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3854 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3855 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3856 list elements are:
3858 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3860 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3862 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3864 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3865 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3867 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3868 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3870 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3871 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3872 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3873 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3874 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3875 value specified by their associated list element.
3877 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3879 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3880 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3881 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3883 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3884 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3885 * indent the first argument by 4.
3886 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3887 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3888 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3890 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3892 ;;;***
3894 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3895 ;;;;;; (18785 51239))
3896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3898 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3899 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3900 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3901 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3903 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3904 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3905 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3906 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3908 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3909 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3911 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3913 ;;;***
3915 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19181
3916 ;;;;;; 18348))
3917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3919 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3920 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3921 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3922 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3923 of `scheme-program-name').
3924 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3925 it is given as initial input.
3926 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3927 discards input when it starts up.
3928 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3929 is run).
3930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3932 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3933 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3935 ;;;***
3937 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3938 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3939 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3940 ;;;;;; (19190 32912))
3941 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3943 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3944 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3945 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3946 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3947 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3948 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3949 functions have already modified the buffer.
3951 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3953 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3954 either globally or locally.")
3956 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3958 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3959 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3960 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3961 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3962 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3963 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3964 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3965 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3966 process as its initial input.
3968 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3970 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3972 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3973 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3974 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3975 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3976 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3977 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3978 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3979 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3980 process as its initial input.
3982 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3984 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3986 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3987 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3988 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3989 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3990 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3991 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3993 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3995 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3996 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3997 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3998 directory tracking functions.")
4000 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4001 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4002 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4004 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4006 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4008 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4009 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4010 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4012 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4014 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4016 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4017 Send COMMAND to current process.
4018 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4019 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4021 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4023 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4024 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4025 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4026 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4028 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4030 ;;;***
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18785
4033 ;;;;;; 51152))
4034 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4036 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4037 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4038 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4039 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4041 This command pushes the mark in each window
4042 at the prior location of point in that window.
4043 If both windows display the same buffer,
4044 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4045 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4047 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4048 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4049 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4050 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4051 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4052 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4053 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4054 ignored.
4056 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4057 this command work in interlaced mode:
4058 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4059 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4060 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4062 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4064 ;;;***
4066 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4067 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4068 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4069 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4070 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19181
4071 ;;;;;; 18359))
4072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4074 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4075 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4077 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4079 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4080 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4081 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4082 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4083 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4084 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4085 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4087 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4089 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4090 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4092 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4094 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4095 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4096 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4097 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4098 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4099 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4100 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4102 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4103 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4104 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4105 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4106 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4108 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4109 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4110 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4111 describing how the process finished.")
4113 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4114 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4115 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4116 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4117 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4119 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4120 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4121 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4123 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4125 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4126 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4127 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4128 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4130 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4132 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4133 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4135 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4136 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4138 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4139 (lambda ()
4140 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4141 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4142 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4143 (concat \"make -k \"
4144 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4146 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4147 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4149 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4150 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4151 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4152 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4154 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4156 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4157 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4158 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4159 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4161 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4162 and move to the source code that caused it.
4164 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4165 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4167 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4168 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4169 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4170 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4172 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4173 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4174 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4175 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4177 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4178 kills its subprocesses.
4180 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4181 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4182 to a function that generates a unique name.
4184 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4186 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4187 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4188 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4189 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4191 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4192 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4194 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4195 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4196 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4197 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4199 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4200 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4201 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4203 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4205 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4207 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4208 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4209 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4210 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4211 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4213 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4215 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4217 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4219 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4220 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4221 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4222 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4223 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4224 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4225 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4229 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4230 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4231 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4232 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4233 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4234 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4238 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4239 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4240 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4242 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4246 ;;;***
4248 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4249 ;;;;;; (19169 37270))
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4252 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4253 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4254 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4257 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4259 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4261 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4262 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4263 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4265 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4266 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4267 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4268 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4270 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4271 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4272 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4273 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4275 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4276 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4277 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4278 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4280 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4281 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4282 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4283 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4284 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4288 ;;;***
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4291 ;;;;;; (19144 23263))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4294 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4295 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4296 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4298 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4299 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4301 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4303 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4304 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4308 ;;;***
4310 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4311 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (19123
4312 ;;;;;; 40234))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4315 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4316 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4317 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4318 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4320 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4322 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4323 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4324 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4325 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4326 Composition on.
4328 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4329 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4331 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4332 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4336 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4337 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4338 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4341 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4343 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4345 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4346 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4347 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4348 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4349 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4353 ;;;***
4355 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4356 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4357 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4358 ;;;;;; (18785 51243))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4361 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4362 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4363 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4364 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4365 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4366 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4367 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4369 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4370 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4371 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4373 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4374 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4375 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4377 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4378 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4379 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4380 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4382 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4383 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4384 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4385 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4386 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4387 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4388 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4390 \\{conf-mode-map}
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4394 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4395 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4396 Comments start with `#'.
4397 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4399 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4401 \[Desktop Entry]
4402 Encoding=UTF-8
4403 Name=The GIMP
4404 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4405 Name[cs]=GIMP
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4409 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4410 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4411 Comments start with `;'.
4412 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4414 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4416 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4417 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4418 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4420 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4421 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4423 \(fn)" t nil)
4425 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4426 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4427 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4428 between `/*' and `*/'.
4429 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4431 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4432 // another kind of comment
4433 /* yet another */
4435 name:value
4436 name=value
4437 name value
4438 x.1 =
4439 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4440 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4442 \(fn)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4445 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4446 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4447 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4448 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4449 `conf-space-keywords'.
4450 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4451 in an interactive fashion instead.
4453 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4455 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4457 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4458 image/png png
4459 image/tiff tiff tif
4461 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4462 class desktop
4463 # Standard multimedia devices
4464 add /dev/audio desktop
4465 add /dev/mixer desktop
4467 \(fn)" t nil)
4469 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4470 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4471 See `conf-space-mode'.
4473 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4475 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4476 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4477 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4478 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4480 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4482 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4483 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4485 \(fn)" t nil)
4487 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4488 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4489 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4490 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4492 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4494 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4495 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4497 \(fn)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4500 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4501 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4502 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4504 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4506 *background: gray99
4507 *foreground: black
4509 \(fn)" t nil)
4511 ;;;***
4513 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4514 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18785 51237))
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4517 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4518 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4519 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4520 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4522 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4524 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4525 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4526 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4527 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4529 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4531 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4532 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4533 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4534 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4536 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4538 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4539 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4541 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4543 ;;;***
4545 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4546 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19041
4547 ;;;;;; 28961))
4548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4550 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4551 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4552 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4553 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4554 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4555 following the copyright are updated as well.
4556 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4557 interactively.
4559 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4561 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4562 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4563 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4565 \(fn)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4568 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4570 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4573 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4575 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4577 ;;;***
4579 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4580 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19181 18359))
4581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4582 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4583 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4584 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4585 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4586 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4587 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4588 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4590 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4591 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4592 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4593 Tab indents for Perl code.
4594 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4595 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4597 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4598 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4599 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4600 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4601 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4602 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4603 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4604 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4605 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4606 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4607 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4608 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4610 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4612 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4613 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4615 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4617 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4618 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4619 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4620 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4621 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4622 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4623 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4624 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4625 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4627 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4629 bite if angry;
4631 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4632 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4633 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4634 to nil.)
4636 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4637 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4638 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4640 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4642 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4643 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4644 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4645 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4646 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4648 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4650 if (A) { B }
4652 into
4654 B if A;
4656 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4658 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4659 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4660 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4661 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4662 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4663 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4664 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4665 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4666 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4667 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4668 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4669 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4670 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4672 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4673 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4674 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4675 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4676 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4677 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4679 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4680 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4681 man via menu.
4683 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4684 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4685 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4686 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4687 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4689 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4690 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4691 span the needed amount of lines.
4693 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4694 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4695 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4696 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4698 Variables controlling indentation style:
4699 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4700 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4701 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4702 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4703 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4704 `cperl-auto-newline'
4705 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4706 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4707 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4708 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4709 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4710 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4711 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4712 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4713 `cperl-indent-level'
4714 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4715 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4716 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4717 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4718 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4719 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4720 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4721 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4722 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4723 `cperl-brace-offset'
4724 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4725 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4726 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4727 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4728 `cperl-label-offset'
4729 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4730 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4731 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4733 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4734 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4735 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4736 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4737 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4738 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4740 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4741 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4742 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4743 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4745 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4746 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4747 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4748 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4749 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4750 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4751 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4753 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4754 column 0 is indented on
4755 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4757 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4758 with no args.
4760 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4761 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4762 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4764 \(fn)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4767 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4769 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4771 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4772 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4774 \(fn)" t nil)
4776 ;;;***
4778 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4779 ;;;;;; (19181 18359))
4780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4782 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4783 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4784 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4785 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4786 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4791 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4793 \(fn)" t nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4798 ;;;;;; (19123 40239))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4801 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4802 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4803 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4804 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4807 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4809 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4811 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4812 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4813 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4817 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4819 ;;;***
4821 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4822 ;;;;;; (19169 37275))
4823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4825 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4826 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4827 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4828 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4830 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4831 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4832 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4833 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4835 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4836 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4837 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4839 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4840 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4841 'bob', and 'eve'.
4843 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4844 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4845 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4847 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4849 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4850 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4851 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4853 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4855 ;;;***
4857 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18810
4858 ;;;;;; 58559))
4859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4860 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4862 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4863 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4865 \(fn)" t nil)
4867 ;;;***
4869 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4870 ;;;;;; (19144 23272))
4871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4873 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4874 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4875 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4878 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4880 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4882 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4883 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4884 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4885 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4886 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4888 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4889 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4890 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4891 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4892 function of these prefix keys.
4894 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4895 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4896 options:
4897 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4898 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4899 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4901 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4902 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4903 the prefix fallback behavior.
4905 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4906 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4907 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4908 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4912 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4913 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4915 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4917 ;;;***
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4920 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4921 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4922 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4923 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4924 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4925 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4926 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4927 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4928 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4929 ;;;;;; (19123 40234))
4930 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4932 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4933 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4935 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4937 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4938 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4940 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4942 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4943 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4945 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4946 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4948 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4949 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4951 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4952 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4954 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4955 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4957 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4959 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4961 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4962 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4963 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4965 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4966 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4968 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4969 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4971 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4972 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4974 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4976 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4978 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4979 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4980 Return VALUE.
4982 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4983 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4985 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4986 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4988 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4989 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4991 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4993 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4995 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4996 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4997 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4998 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4999 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5003 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5004 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5005 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5006 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5008 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5010 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5011 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5013 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5015 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5016 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5018 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5020 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5022 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5025 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5027 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5029 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5030 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5031 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5033 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5035 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5036 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5037 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5038 as part of Emacs itself.
5040 Each elements looks like this:
5042 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5044 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5045 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5046 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5047 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5048 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5049 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5050 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5051 and `defface'.
5053 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5055 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5056 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5057 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5058 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5059 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5061 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5062 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5063 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5064 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5066 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5068 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5069 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5070 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5071 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5072 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5074 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5075 that were added or redefined since that version.
5077 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5079 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5080 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5081 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5082 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5084 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5085 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5087 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5089 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5090 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5091 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5093 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5094 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5096 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5098 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5099 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5101 \(fn)" t nil)
5103 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5104 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5108 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5109 Customize all already saved user options.
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5113 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5114 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5115 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5116 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5117 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5118 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5119 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5120 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5122 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5124 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5125 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5126 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5127 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5129 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5132 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5134 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5136 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5137 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5143 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5144 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5145 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5146 that option.
5148 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5150 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5151 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5152 The result includes selecting that window.
5153 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5154 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5155 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5156 that option.
5158 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5161 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5163 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5165 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5166 File used for storing customization information.
5167 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5168 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5169 it should be an absolute file name.
5171 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5172 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5173 something like the following in your init file:
5175 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5176 \(load custom-file)
5178 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5179 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5181 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5182 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5183 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5184 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5185 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5187 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5188 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5189 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5190 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5191 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5192 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5193 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5194 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5195 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5196 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5198 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5200 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5201 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5203 \(fn)" nil nil)
5205 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5206 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5211 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5212 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5214 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5216 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5217 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5218 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5219 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5220 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5222 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5224 ;;;***
5226 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5227 ;;;;;; (18785 51152))
5228 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5230 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5231 Create a custom theme.
5233 \(fn)" t nil)
5235 ;;;***
5237 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5238 ;;;;;; (18785 51153))
5239 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5241 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5242 Mode used for cvs status output.
5244 \(fn)" t nil)
5246 ;;;***
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5249 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19152 17316))
5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5252 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5253 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5255 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5257 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5258 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5259 C++ modes are included.
5261 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5265 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5266 Turn on CWarn mode.
5268 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5269 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5271 \(fn)" nil nil)
5273 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5274 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5275 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5278 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5280 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5282 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5283 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5284 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5285 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5286 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5290 ;;;***
5292 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5293 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5294 ;;;;;; (18785 51223))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5297 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5298 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5300 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5302 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5303 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5305 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5307 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5308 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5309 For readability, the table is slightly
5310 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5312 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5313 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5314 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5315 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5316 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5318 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5320 ;;;***
5322 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5323 ;;;;;; (19095 42942))
5324 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5325 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5326 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5327 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5328 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5330 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5331 Completion on current word.
5332 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5333 and presents suggestions for completion.
5335 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5336 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5337 completions.
5339 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5340 then it searches *all* buffers.
5342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5344 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5345 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5347 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5348 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5349 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5350 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5351 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5353 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5354 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5356 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5357 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5358 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5360 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5361 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5363 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5365 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5367 ;;;***
5369 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5370 ;;;;;; (19141 56238))
5371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5373 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5374 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5376 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5378 ;;;***
5380 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19095
5381 ;;;;;; 42949))
5382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5384 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5385 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5386 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5387 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5388 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5392 ;;;***
5394 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18785
5395 ;;;;;; 51239))
5396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5398 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5399 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5401 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5402 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5403 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5405 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5406 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5407 Data lines are not indented.
5409 Key bindings:
5411 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5412 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5414 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5415 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5416 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5417 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5419 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5421 dcl-basic-offset
5422 Extra indentation within blocks.
5424 dcl-continuation-offset
5425 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5427 dcl-margin-offset
5428 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5430 dcl-margin-label-offset
5431 Indentation for a label.
5433 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5434 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5436 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5437 dcl-block-end-regexp
5438 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5439 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5440 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5441 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5442 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5444 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5445 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5446 Two such functions are included in the package:
5447 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5448 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5450 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5451 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5452 One such function is included in the package:
5453 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5455 dcl-tab-always-indent
5456 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5457 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5458 margin.
5460 dcl-electric-characters
5461 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5462 typed.
5464 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5465 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5466 which words trigger electric indentation.
5468 dcl-tempo-comma
5469 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5470 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5471 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5473 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5474 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5475 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5476 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5478 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5479 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5480 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5481 dcl-imenu-label-call
5482 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5484 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5485 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5486 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5487 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5490 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5492 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5493 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5494 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5495 $ i = 1
5496 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5497 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5498 $ label:
5499 $ if i.eq.1
5500 $ then
5501 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5502 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5503 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5504 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5505 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5506 \"lined up with the command line\"
5507 $ type sys$input
5508 Data lines are not indented at all.
5509 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5510 $ endif
5514 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5515 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5517 \(fn)" t nil)
5519 ;;;***
5521 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5522 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19181 18355))
5523 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5525 (setq debugger 'debug)
5527 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5528 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5529 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5530 of the evaluator.
5532 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5533 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5534 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5536 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5538 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5539 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5541 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5543 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5544 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5545 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5546 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5547 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5548 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5550 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5551 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5553 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5555 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5556 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5557 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5558 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5559 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5561 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5563 ;;;***
5565 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5566 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
5567 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5569 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5570 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5572 \(fn)" t nil)
5574 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5575 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5576 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5577 Upper-case letters are commands.
5579 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5580 modify it.
5582 The most useful commands are:
5583 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5584 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5585 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5586 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5587 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5588 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5590 \(fn)" t nil)
5592 ;;;***
5594 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5595 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18785
5596 ;;;;;; 51153))
5597 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5599 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5600 Customization of `columns' group.
5602 \(fn)" t nil)
5604 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5605 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5607 START and END delimits the text region.
5609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5611 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5612 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5614 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5616 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19123
5621 ;;;;;; 40243))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5624 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5625 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5626 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5627 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5628 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5629 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5630 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5632 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5634 Customization:
5636 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5637 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5638 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5639 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5640 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5641 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5642 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5643 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5644 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5645 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5646 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5647 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5648 blank line.
5649 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5650 Directories to search when finding external units.
5651 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5652 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5654 Coloring:
5656 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5657 Face used to color delphi comments.
5658 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5659 Face used to color delphi strings.
5660 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5661 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5662 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5663 Face used to color everything else.
5665 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5666 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5668 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5670 ;;;***
5672 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18785
5673 ;;;;;; 51153))
5674 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5676 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5678 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5679 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5680 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5683 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5685 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5687 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5688 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5689 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5690 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5692 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5693 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5694 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5695 any selection.
5697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5699 ;;;***
5701 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5702 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19181 18355))
5703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5705 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5706 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5708 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5710 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5711 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5712 or nil if there is no parent.
5713 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5714 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5715 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5716 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5717 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5719 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5720 arguments are currently understood:
5721 :group GROUP
5722 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5723 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5724 :syntax-table TABLE
5725 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5726 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5727 :abbrev-table TABLE
5728 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5729 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5731 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5733 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5735 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5736 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5737 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5739 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5740 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5742 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5743 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5744 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5746 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5747 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5749 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5750 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5752 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5754 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5756 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5757 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5758 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5759 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5760 the first time the mode is used.
5762 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5764 ;;;***
5766 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5767 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19190 32912))
5768 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5770 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5771 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5772 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5773 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5774 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5775 otherwise.
5777 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5779 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5780 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5781 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5782 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5783 character composition information (if relevant),
5784 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5786 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5788 ;;;***
5790 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5791 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5792 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5793 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19144 23263))
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5796 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5797 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5798 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5800 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5802 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5803 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5804 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5805 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5806 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5807 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5811 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5812 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5813 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5814 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5816 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5818 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5819 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5820 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5822 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5823 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5824 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5826 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5827 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5829 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5830 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5831 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5833 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5834 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5835 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5836 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5838 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5840 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5841 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5843 Handlers are called with argument list
5845 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5847 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5849 desktop-file-version
5850 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5851 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5852 desktop-buffer-point
5853 desktop-buffer-mark
5854 desktop-buffer-read-only
5855 desktop-buffer-locals
5857 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5858 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5860 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5861 code like
5863 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5865 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5866 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5868 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5870 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5872 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5873 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5874 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5875 List elements must have the form
5877 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5879 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5880 function.
5882 Handlers are called with argument list
5884 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5886 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5888 desktop-file-version
5889 desktop-buffer-file-name
5890 desktop-buffer-name
5891 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5892 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5893 desktop-buffer-point
5894 desktop-buffer-mark
5895 desktop-buffer-read-only
5896 desktop-buffer-misc
5898 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5899 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5900 created and set.
5902 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5903 code like
5905 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5907 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5908 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5910 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5912 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5914 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5916 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5917 Empty the Desktop.
5918 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5919 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5920 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5922 \(fn)" t nil)
5924 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5925 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5926 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5927 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5928 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5930 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5932 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5933 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5934 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5936 \(fn)" t nil)
5938 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5939 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5940 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5941 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5942 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5943 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5944 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5945 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5947 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5949 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5950 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5951 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5953 \(fn)" nil nil)
5955 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5956 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5957 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5958 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5959 directory DIRNAME.
5961 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5963 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5964 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5966 \(fn)" t nil)
5968 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5969 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5971 \(fn)" t nil)
5973 ;;;***
5975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5976 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5977 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18802 59722))
5978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5980 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5981 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5982 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5983 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5984 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5985 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5987 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5989 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5990 Repair a broken attribution line.
5991 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5993 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5995 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5996 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5997 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5998 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6000 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6002 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6003 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6005 \(fn)" t nil)
6007 ;;;***
6009 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6010 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19190 32914))
6011 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6013 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6014 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6015 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6016 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6017 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6022 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6023 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6024 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6026 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6027 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6028 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6029 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6031 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6032 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6034 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6035 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6036 calendar-date-style 'european
6037 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6039 \(diary-mail-entries)
6041 # diary-rem.el ends here
6043 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6045 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6046 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6048 \(fn)" t nil)
6050 ;;;***
6052 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6053 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18802 59720))
6054 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6056 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6057 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6059 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6061 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6062 The command to use to run diff.")
6064 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6066 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6067 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6068 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6069 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6070 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6071 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6073 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6074 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6075 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6077 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6079 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6080 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6081 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6082 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6083 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6084 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6086 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6088 ;;;***
6090 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6091 ;;;;;; (19181 18348))
6092 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6094 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6095 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6096 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6097 normal diffs.
6099 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6100 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6101 headers for you on-the-fly.
6103 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6104 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6105 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6107 \\{diff-mode-map}
6109 \(fn)" t nil)
6111 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6112 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6113 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6117 ;;;***
6119 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19133 53183))
6120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6122 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6123 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6124 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6126 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6128 ;;;***
6130 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6131 ;;;;;; dired dired-trivial-filenames dired-listing-switches) "dired"
6132 ;;;;;; "dired.el" (19190 32912))
6133 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6135 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6136 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6137 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6138 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6139 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6140 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6141 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6142 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6144 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6146 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6147 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6149 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6150 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6151 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6152 A value of t means move to first file.")
6154 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6156 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6157 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6158 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6159 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6160 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6161 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6163 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6164 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6165 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6166 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6167 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6168 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6169 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6170 list of files to make directory entries for.
6171 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6172 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6173 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6174 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6176 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6178 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6179 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6181 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6182 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6184 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6185 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6187 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6188 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6190 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6192 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6193 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6195 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6197 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6198 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6199 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6200 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6201 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6202 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6203 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6204 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6205 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6206 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6207 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6208 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6209 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6210 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6211 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6212 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6213 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6214 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6215 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6216 to see why something went wrong.
6217 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6218 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6219 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6220 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6221 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6222 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6223 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6224 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6225 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6226 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6227 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6228 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6229 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6231 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6232 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6233 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6234 again for the directory tree.
6236 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6237 for more info):
6239 `dired-listing-switches'
6240 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6241 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6242 `dired-marker-char'
6243 `dired-del-marker'
6244 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6245 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6246 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6247 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6249 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6251 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6252 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6253 `dired-mode-hook'
6254 `dired-load-hook'
6256 Keybindings:
6257 \\{dired-mode-map}
6259 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6260 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6262 ;;;***
6264 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6265 ;;;;;; (18785 51153))
6266 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6268 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6269 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6270 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6271 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6272 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6273 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6274 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6278 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6279 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6280 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6282 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6284 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6285 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6287 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6289 ;;;***
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18785
6292 ;;;;;; 51194))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6295 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6296 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6297 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6298 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6299 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6300 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6302 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6304 ;;;***
6306 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6307 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6308 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6309 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6310 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6311 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19106 2679))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6314 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6315 Return a new, empty display table.
6317 \(fn)" nil nil)
6319 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6320 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6321 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6322 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6323 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6325 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6327 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6328 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6329 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6330 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6331 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6333 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6335 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6336 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6338 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6341 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6343 \(fn)" t nil)
6345 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6346 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6348 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6350 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6351 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6353 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6355 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6356 Display character C using printable string S.
6358 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6360 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6361 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6362 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6363 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6365 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6367 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6368 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6369 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6370 X frame.
6372 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6374 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6375 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6377 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6379 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6380 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6382 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6384 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6385 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6387 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6389 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6390 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6392 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6394 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6395 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6397 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6399 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6400 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6402 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6403 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6405 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6406 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6408 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6409 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6410 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6411 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6413 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6414 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6415 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6416 in `.emacs'.
6418 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6420 ;;;***
6422 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6423 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
6424 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6426 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6427 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6428 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6429 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6430 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6431 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6432 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6433 Default is 2.
6435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6437 ;;;***
6439 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19190 32912))
6440 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6442 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6443 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6444 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6445 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6446 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6447 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6448 private or ask).
6449 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6450 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6451 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6452 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6453 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6455 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6457 ;;;***
6459 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6460 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19190 32925))
6461 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6463 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6464 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6465 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6466 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6467 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6468 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6469 table and its own syntax table.
6471 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6473 \(fn)" t nil)
6474 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6476 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6477 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6479 \(fn)" t nil)
6480 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6482 ;;;***
6484 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6485 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19041 28960))
6486 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6488 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6489 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6490 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6492 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6494 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6495 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6497 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6498 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6500 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6501 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6502 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6504 \(fn)" t nil)
6506 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6507 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6508 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6509 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6513 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6514 Not documented
6516 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6518 ;;;***
6520 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19169 37277))
6521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6523 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6524 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6526 \(fn)" t nil)
6528 ;;;***
6530 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18802 59720))
6531 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6533 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6534 Toggle Double mode.
6535 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6536 turn it off.
6538 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6539 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6543 ;;;***
6545 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18785 51237))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6548 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6549 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6551 \(fn)" t nil)
6553 ;;;***
6555 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6556 ;;;;;; (18785 51211))
6557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6559 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6560 Play sounds in message buffers.
6562 \(fn)" t nil)
6564 ;;;***
6566 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6567 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6568 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19144 23271))
6569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6571 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6573 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6574 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6575 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6576 and toggle command MODE.
6578 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6579 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6580 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6581 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6582 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6583 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6584 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6585 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6586 used (see below).
6588 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6589 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6590 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6591 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6592 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6593 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6594 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6595 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6596 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6597 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6598 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6599 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6600 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6601 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6602 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6603 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6604 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6606 For example, you could write
6607 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6608 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6609 ...BODY CODE...)
6611 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6613 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6615 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6617 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6618 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6619 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6620 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6621 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6622 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6623 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6624 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6625 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6626 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6627 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6628 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6630 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6631 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6632 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6633 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6634 call another major mode in their body.
6636 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6638 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6639 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6640 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6641 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6642 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6643 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6644 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6646 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6648 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6649 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6650 :inherit Parent keymap.
6651 :group Ignored.
6652 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6653 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6655 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6658 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6659 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6660 the constant's documentation.
6662 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6664 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6665 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6666 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6668 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6670 ;;;***
6672 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6673 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18785
6674 ;;;;;; 51194))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6677 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6679 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6680 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6682 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6683 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6684 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6686 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6687 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6689 :filter FUNCTION
6691 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6692 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6694 :visible INCLUDE
6696 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6697 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6699 :active ENABLE
6701 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6702 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6704 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6706 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6708 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6710 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6711 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6713 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6714 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6716 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6718 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6720 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6722 :keys KEYS
6724 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6725 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6726 computed automatically.
6727 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6729 :key-sequence KEYS
6731 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6732 menu item.
6733 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6734 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6735 keyboard equivalent.
6737 :active ENABLE
6739 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6740 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6742 :visible INCLUDE
6744 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6745 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6747 :label FORM
6749 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6750 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6752 :suffix FORM
6754 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6755 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6757 :style STYLE
6759 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6760 defined:
6762 toggle: A checkbox.
6763 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6764 radio: A radio button.
6765 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6766 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6767 menu bar itself.
6768 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6770 :selected SELECTED
6772 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6773 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6775 :help HELP
6777 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6779 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6780 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6781 as a solid horizontal line.
6783 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6785 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6787 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6788 Not documented
6790 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6792 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6793 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6794 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6795 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6797 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6799 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6800 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6801 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6802 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6803 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6804 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6806 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6807 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6808 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6810 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6811 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6812 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6814 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6815 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6817 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6819 ;;;***
6821 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6822 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6823 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6824 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6825 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6826 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6827 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6828 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19181 18359))
6829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6831 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6832 Customization for ebnf group.
6834 \(fn)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6839 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6841 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6842 processed.
6844 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6846 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6848 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6851 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6852 killed after process termination.
6854 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6856 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6861 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6862 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6863 it to the printer.
6865 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6866 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6867 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6868 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6870 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6872 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6873 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6874 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6876 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6878 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6879 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6881 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6883 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6884 processed.
6886 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6888 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6890 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6891 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6893 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6894 killed after process termination.
6896 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6898 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6900 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6901 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6902 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6903 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6905 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6909 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6910 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6911 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6913 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6915 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6917 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6918 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6920 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6922 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6923 processed.
6925 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6927 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6929 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6930 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6932 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6933 killed after EPS generation.
6935 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6937 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6939 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6940 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6942 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6943 The EPS file name has the following form:
6945 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6947 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6948 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6950 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6951 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6952 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6953 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6954 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6956 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6957 files.
6959 \(fn)" t nil)
6961 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6962 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6964 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6965 The EPS file name has the following form:
6967 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6969 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6970 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6972 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6973 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6974 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6975 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6976 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6978 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6979 files.
6981 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6983 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6985 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6986 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6988 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6990 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6991 are processed.
6993 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6995 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6997 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6998 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7000 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7001 killed after syntax checking.
7003 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7005 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7007 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7008 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7010 \(fn)" t nil)
7012 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7013 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7015 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7017 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7018 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7020 \(fn)" nil nil)
7022 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7023 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7025 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7027 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7029 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7030 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7032 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7034 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Delete style NAME.
7039 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7041 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7043 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7044 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7046 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7048 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7050 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7051 Set STYLE as the current style.
7053 Returns the old style symbol.
7055 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7057 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7059 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7060 Reset current style.
7062 Returns the old style symbol.
7064 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7066 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7068 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7069 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7071 Returns the old style symbol.
7073 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7075 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7077 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7079 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7080 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7082 Returns the old style symbol.
7084 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7086 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7088 \(fn)" t nil)
7090 ;;;***
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7093 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7094 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7095 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7096 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7097 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7098 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7099 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7100 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7101 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7102 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19181
7103 ;;;;;; 18359))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7107 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7108 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7109 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7110 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7111 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7113 Tree mode key bindings:
7114 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7116 \(fn)" t nil)
7118 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7119 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7121 \(fn)" t nil)
7123 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7124 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7126 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7128 \(fn)" nil nil)
7130 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7131 View declaration of member at point.
7133 \(fn)" t nil)
7135 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7136 Find declaration of member at point.
7138 \(fn)" t nil)
7140 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7141 View definition of member at point.
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7146 Find definition of member at point.
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7151 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7153 \(fn)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7156 View definition of member at point in other window.
7158 \(fn)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7161 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7163 \(fn)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7166 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7168 \(fn)" t nil)
7170 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7171 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7173 \(fn)" t nil)
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7176 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7181 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7182 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7183 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7184 completion.
7186 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7188 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7189 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7190 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7191 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7193 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7196 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7197 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7198 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7200 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7203 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7204 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7206 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7209 Search for call sites of a member.
7210 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7211 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7212 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7213 looks like a function call to the member.
7215 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7217 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7218 Move backward in the position stack.
7219 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7224 Move forward in the position stack.
7225 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7230 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7232 \(fn)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7235 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7237 \(fn)" t nil)
7239 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7240 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7241 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7242 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7244 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7247 Display statistics for a class tree.
7249 \(fn)" t nil)
7251 ;;;***
7253 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7254 ;;;;;; (18785 51153))
7255 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7257 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7258 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7259 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7260 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7262 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7263 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7264 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7266 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7267 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7268 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7270 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7272 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7274 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7276 ;;;***
7278 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7279 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18785 51153))
7280 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7282 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7283 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7284 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7286 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7288 ;;;***
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7291 ;;;;;; (19123 40239))
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7294 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7295 Not documented
7297 \(fn)" nil nil)
7299 ;;;***
7301 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19190 32914))
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7304 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7305 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7306 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7309 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7311 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7313 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7314 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7315 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7316 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7318 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7319 an EDE controlled project.
7321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7323 ;;;***
7325 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7326 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7327 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19181 18355))
7328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7330 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7331 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7332 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7333 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7334 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7336 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7337 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7338 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7339 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7341 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7343 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7344 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7345 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7346 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7348 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7350 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7351 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7352 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7353 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7355 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7357 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7359 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7360 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7361 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7362 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7363 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7365 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7366 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7367 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7368 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7369 instrumented for Edebug.
7371 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7372 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7373 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7374 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7375 already is one.)
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7380 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7385 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 ;;;***
7391 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7392 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7393 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7394 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7395 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7396 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7397 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7398 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7399 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7400 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19144 23264))
7401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7403 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7404 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7406 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7408 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7409 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7411 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7413 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7415 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7417 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7418 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7419 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7420 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7425 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7426 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7427 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7429 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7432 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7434 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7436 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7438 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7439 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7441 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7443 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7445 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7446 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7447 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7448 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7450 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7452 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7454 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7455 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7456 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7457 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7459 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7461 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7463 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7464 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7465 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7466 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7468 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7470 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7472 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7473 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7474 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7475 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7477 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7479 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7481 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7482 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7483 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7484 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7485 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7486 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7488 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7490 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7491 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7492 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7493 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7495 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7497 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7499 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7500 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7501 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7502 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7504 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7506 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7508 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7511 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7512 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7513 follows:
7514 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7515 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7517 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7519 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7520 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7521 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7522 follows:
7523 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7524 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7526 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7529 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7530 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7531 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7532 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7534 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7536 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7537 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7538 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7539 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7540 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7541 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7543 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7545 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7547 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7548 Merge two files without ancestor.
7550 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7552 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7553 Merge two files with ancestor.
7555 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7557 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7559 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7560 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7562 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7565 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7567 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7571 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7572 buffer.
7574 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7576 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7577 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7578 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7579 buffer.
7581 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7583 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7584 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7585 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7586 and don't ask the user.
7587 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7588 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7590 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7592 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7593 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7594 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7595 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7596 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7597 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7598 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7599 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7601 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7603 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7605 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7607 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7609 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7610 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7611 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7613 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7615 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7617 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7618 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7619 When called interactively, displays the version.
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7623 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7624 Display Ediff's manual.
7625 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7627 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7629 ;;;***
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7632 ;;;;;; (18785 51154))
7633 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7635 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7636 Not documented
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7640 ;;;***
7642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (19170 52757))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7645 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-misc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Miscellanea") menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-misc] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "This Window and Next Window") compare-windows :help ,(purecopy "Compare the current window and the next window"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Line-by-line...") ediff-windows-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Word-by-word...") ediff-windows-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Line-by-line...") ediff-regions-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Word-by-word...") ediff-regions-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Compare directory files with their older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "File with Revision...") ediff-revision :help ,(purecopy "Compare file with its older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Directories...") ediff-directories3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Directories...") ediff-directories :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Buffers...") ediff-buffers3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Files...") ediff-files3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Buffers...") ediff-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Compare two buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Files...") ediff-files :help ,(purecopy "Compare two files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions...") ediff-merge-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories...") ediff-merge-directories :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers...") ediff-merge-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files...") ediff-merge-files :help ,(purecopy "Merge files (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a Buffer...") ediff-patch-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a File...") ediff-patch-file :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to a file"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Use separate control buffer frame") ediff-toggle-multiframe :help ,(purecopy "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "List Ediff Sessions") ediff-show-registry :help ,(purecopy "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize Ediff") ediff-customize :help ,(purecopy "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Manual") ediff-documentation :help ,(purecopy "Bring up the Ediff manual"))))
7647 ;;;***
7649 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7650 ;;;;;; (18830 47922))
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7653 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7654 Display Ediff's registry.
7656 \(fn)" t nil)
7658 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7660 ;;;***
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7663 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18999 45648))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7666 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7667 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7668 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7669 which see.
7671 \(fn)" t nil)
7673 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7674 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7675 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7676 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7678 \(fn)" t nil)
7680 ;;;***
7682 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7683 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7684 ;;;;;; (18986 15811))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7687 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7688 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7689 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7691 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7692 Edit a keyboard macro.
7693 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7694 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7695 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7696 its command name.
7697 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7699 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7701 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7702 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7704 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7706 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7707 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7709 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7711 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7712 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7713 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7714 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7715 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7716 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7718 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7719 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7720 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7721 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7723 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7725 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7726 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7727 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7728 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7729 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7730 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7732 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7734 ;;;***
7736 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7737 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19190 32919))
7738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7740 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7741 Set scroll margins.
7742 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7743 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7745 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7747 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7748 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7750 \(fn)" t nil)
7752 ;;;***
7754 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7755 ;;;;;; (19106 2679))
7756 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7758 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7759 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7760 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7761 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7762 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7763 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7764 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7766 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7767 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7769 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7770 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7771 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7772 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7774 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7775 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7776 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7778 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7779 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7780 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7782 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7784 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7785 Not documented
7787 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7789 ;;;***
7791 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7792 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19144 23271))
7793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7795 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7796 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7798 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7800 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7801 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7802 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7803 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7804 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7805 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7806 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7808 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7813 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7815 \(fn)" t nil)
7817 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7818 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7819 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7820 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7821 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7822 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7823 arg list.
7825 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7826 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7827 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7828 effect.
7830 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7831 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7833 ;;;***
7835 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19144
7836 ;;;;;; 23264))
7837 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7839 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7840 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7842 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7843 an elided material again.
7845 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7849 ;;;***
7851 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7852 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7853 ;;;;;; (19144 23271))
7854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7856 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7857 Lint the file FILE.
7859 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7861 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7862 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7863 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7865 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7867 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7868 Lint the current buffer.
7869 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7871 \(fn)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7874 Lint the function at point.
7875 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7877 \(fn)" t nil)
7879 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7880 Initialize elint.
7881 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7882 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7884 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7886 ;;;***
7888 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7889 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19144
7890 ;;;;;; 23271))
7891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7893 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7894 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7895 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7897 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7900 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7901 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7902 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7904 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7907 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7908 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7910 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7912 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7915 Display current profiling results.
7916 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7917 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7918 displayed.
7920 \(fn)" t nil)
7922 ;;;***
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7925 ;;;;;; (19181 18356))
7926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7928 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7929 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7930 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7932 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7934 ;;;***
7936 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7937 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7938 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7939 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7940 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19152 17309))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7943 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7944 Run Emerge on two files.
7946 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7948 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7949 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7951 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7953 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7954 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7956 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7959 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7961 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7964 Not documented
7966 \(fn)" nil nil)
7968 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7969 Not documented
7971 \(fn)" nil nil)
7973 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7974 Not documented
7976 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7978 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7979 Not documented
7981 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7983 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7984 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7986 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7988 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7989 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7991 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7994 Not documented
7996 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7998 ;;;***
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8001 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18785 51243))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8004 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8005 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8006 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8007 text/enriched format.
8008 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8010 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8011 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8013 Commands:
8015 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8020 Not documented
8022 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8024 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8025 Not documented
8027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8029 ;;;***
8031 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8032 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8033 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8034 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8035 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8036 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19144
8037 ;;;;;; 23264))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8040 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8041 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8043 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8045 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8046 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8048 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8050 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8051 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8052 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8053 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8054 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8055 the keys are listed.
8056 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8058 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8060 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8061 Decrypt FILE.
8063 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8065 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8066 Verify FILE.
8068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8070 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8071 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8073 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8075 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8076 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8078 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8080 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8081 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8083 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8084 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8085 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8086 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8087 should consider using the string based counterpart
8088 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8089 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8091 For example:
8093 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8094 (decode-coding-string
8095 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8096 'utf-8))
8098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8100 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8101 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8103 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8104 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8106 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8108 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8109 Verify the current region between START and END.
8111 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8112 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8113 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8114 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8115 should consider using the string based counterpart
8116 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8117 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8119 For example:
8121 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8122 (decode-coding-string
8123 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8124 'utf-8))
8126 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8129 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8130 between START and END.
8132 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8133 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8135 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8137 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8138 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8140 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8141 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8142 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8143 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8144 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8145 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8147 For example:
8149 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8150 (epg-sign-string
8151 context
8152 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8154 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8156 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8157 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8159 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8160 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8161 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8162 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8163 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8164 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8166 For example:
8168 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8169 (epg-encrypt-string
8170 context
8171 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8172 nil))
8174 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8176 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8177 Delete selected KEYS.
8179 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8181 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8182 Import keys from FILE.
8184 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8187 Import keys from the region.
8189 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8191 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8192 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8193 between START and END.
8195 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8197 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8198 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8200 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8202 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8203 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8205 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8207 ;;;***
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8210 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18785 51154))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8213 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8214 Decrypt marked files.
8216 \(fn)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8219 Verify marked files.
8221 \(fn)" t nil)
8223 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8224 Sign marked files.
8226 \(fn)" t nil)
8228 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8229 Encrypt marked files.
8231 \(fn)" t nil)
8233 ;;;***
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8236 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19133 53178))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8239 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8240 Not documented
8242 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8244 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8245 Not documented
8247 \(fn)" t nil)
8249 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8250 Not documented
8252 \(fn)" t nil)
8254 ;;;***
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8257 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8258 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18785 51155))
8259 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8261 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8262 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8267 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8268 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8270 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8275 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8276 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8278 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8280 \(fn)" t nil)
8282 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8283 Sign the current buffer.
8284 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8286 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8288 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8291 Encrypt the current buffer.
8292 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8294 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8296 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8299 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8300 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8302 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8304 \(fn)" t nil)
8306 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8307 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8308 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8311 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8313 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8315 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8316 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8320 ;;;***
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19133 53178))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8325 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8326 Return a context object.
8328 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8330 ;;;***
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8333 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18785 51155))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8336 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8337 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8339 \(fn)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8342 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8344 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8346 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8347 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8349 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8351 ;;;***
8353 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8354 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19190 32920))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8357 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8358 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8360 \(fn)" nil nil)
8362 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8363 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8364 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8366 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8368 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8369 (server (erc-compute-server))
8370 (port (erc-compute-port))
8371 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8372 password
8373 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8375 That is, if called with
8377 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8379 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8380 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8381 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8383 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8385 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8387 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8388 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8389 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8390 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8392 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8394 ;;;***
8396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18785
8397 ;;;;;; 51204))
8398 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8399 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8401 ;;;***
8403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19144 23272))
8404 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8405 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8407 ;;;***
8409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18785 51204))
8410 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8411 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8413 ;;;***
8415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18785 51204))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8417 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8419 ;;;***
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8422 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19170 52758))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8424 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8426 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8427 Parser for /dcc command.
8428 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8429 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8430 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8432 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8435 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8437 \(fn)" nil nil)
8439 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8440 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8442 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8443 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8444 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8445 that subcommand.
8447 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8449 ;;;***
8451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8452 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8453 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8454 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8455 ;;;;;; (18785 51204))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8458 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8459 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8461 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8463 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8464 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8465 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8466 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8468 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8470 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8471 Not documented
8473 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8475 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8476 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8478 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8480 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8481 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8483 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8485 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8486 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8488 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8490 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8491 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8493 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8495 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8496 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8498 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8500 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8501 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8503 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8505 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8506 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8508 \(fn)" nil nil)
8510 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8511 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8513 \(fn)" nil nil)
8515 ;;;***
8517 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18785
8518 ;;;;;; 51204))
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8520 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8522 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8523 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8524 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8526 \(fn)" nil nil)
8528 ;;;***
8530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18785
8531 ;;;;;; 51204))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8533 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8535 ;;;***
8537 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8538 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18785 51204))
8539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8540 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8542 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8543 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8544 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8545 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8546 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8547 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8548 system.
8550 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8552 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8553 Not documented
8555 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8557 ;;;***
8559 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8560 ;;;;;; (18785 51204))
8561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8563 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8564 Not documented
8566 \(fn)" nil nil)
8568 ;;;***
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18785 51205))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8572 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8574 ;;;***
8576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18785 51205))
8577 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8578 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8580 ;;;***
8582 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8583 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18785 51205))
8584 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8585 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8587 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8588 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8589 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8590 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8591 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8592 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8596 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8597 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8598 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8599 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8601 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8602 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8603 automatically.
8605 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8606 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8608 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8610 ;;;***
8612 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8613 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8614 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8615 ;;;;;; (18785 51206))
8616 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8617 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8619 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8620 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8625 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8630 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8635 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8640 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8644 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8645 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8650 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8655 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18785 51206))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8663 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8665 ;;;***
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8668 ;;;;;; (18785 51206))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8672 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8673 Show who's gone.
8675 \(fn)" nil nil)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8680 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18785 51206))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8684 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8685 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8686 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8688 \(fn)" nil nil)
8690 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8691 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8693 \(fn)" t nil)
8695 ;;;***
8697 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8698 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19170 52758))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8702 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8703 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8704 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8705 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8707 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8709 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8710 Not documented
8712 \(fn)" nil nil)
8714 ;;;***
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18785 51207))
8717 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8718 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8720 ;;;***
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18785
8723 ;;;;;; 51207))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8727 ;;;***
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18785 51207))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8733 ;;;***
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18785 51207))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8742 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18785 51207))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8746 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8747 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8749 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8751 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8752 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8753 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8755 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8757 ;;;***
8759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18785 51207))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8761 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8763 ;;;***
8765 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8766 ;;;;;; (18785 51207))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8769 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8770 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8771 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8773 \(fn)" t nil)
8775 ;;;***
8777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18785
8778 ;;;;;; 51207))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8782 ;;;***
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18785 51207))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8791 ;;;;;; (18785 51207))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8794 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8795 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8796 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8798 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8800 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8801 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8802 mode line.
8804 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8805 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8806 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8811 ;;;***
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8814 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19190 32919))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8816 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8818 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8819 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8820 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8821 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8823 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8825 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8826 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8827 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8829 \(fn)" t nil)
8831 ;;;***
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (18785 51207))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8838 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8839 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8841 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19190
8846 ;;;;;; 32920))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8849 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8850 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8852 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8854 \(fn)" nil nil)
8856 ;;;***
8858 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19106
8859 ;;;;;; 2684))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8862 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8863 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8867 ;;;***
8869 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8870 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18785 51209))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8873 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8874 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8875 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8876 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8877 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8878 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8879 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8880 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8881 buffer selected (or created).
8883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8885 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8886 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8887 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8889 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8891 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8892 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8893 The result might be any Lisp object.
8894 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8895 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8896 corresponding to a successful execution.
8898 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8900 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8902 ;;;***
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8905 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8906 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8907 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8908 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8909 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8910 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8911 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8914 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8915 *File name of tags table.
8916 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8917 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8918 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8919 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8921 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8922 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8923 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8924 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8926 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8928 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8929 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8930 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8931 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8932 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8933 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8935 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8937 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8938 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8939 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8940 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8941 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8942 `auto-compression-mode').")
8944 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8946 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8947 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8948 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8949 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8950 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8952 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8954 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8955 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8956 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8957 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8959 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8961 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8962 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8963 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8964 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8965 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8967 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8969 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8970 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8972 \(fn)" t nil)
8974 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8975 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8976 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8977 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8979 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8980 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8981 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8982 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8983 file the tag was in.
8985 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8987 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8988 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8989 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8990 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8991 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8992 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8993 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8994 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8995 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8997 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9000 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9001 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9002 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9003 without directory names.
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9007 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9008 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9009 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9010 but does not select the buffer.
9011 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9013 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9014 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9015 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9016 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9017 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9019 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9021 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9022 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9023 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9025 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9027 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9029 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9030 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9031 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9032 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9034 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9035 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9036 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9037 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9038 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9040 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9042 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9043 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9044 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9046 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9048 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9049 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9051 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9052 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9053 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9054 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9055 around or before point.
9057 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9058 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9059 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9060 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9061 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9063 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9065 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9066 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9067 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9069 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9071 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9072 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9074 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9075 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9076 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9077 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9078 around or before point.
9080 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9081 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9082 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9083 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9084 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9086 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9088 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9089 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9090 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9092 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9094 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9095 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9097 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9098 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9099 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9101 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9102 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9103 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9104 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9105 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9107 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9109 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9110 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9111 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9113 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9115 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9116 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9117 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9119 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9120 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9122 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9123 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9124 where they were found.
9126 \(fn)" t nil)
9128 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9129 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9131 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9132 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9133 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9135 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9136 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9138 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9139 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9141 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9144 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9145 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9146 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9148 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9149 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9150 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9151 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9152 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9154 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9155 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9157 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9158 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9159 Stops when a match is found.
9160 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9162 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9164 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9166 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9167 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9168 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9169 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9170 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9171 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9172 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9173 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9175 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9176 produce the list of files to search.
9178 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9180 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9182 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9183 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9184 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9185 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9186 directory specification.
9188 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9191 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9195 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9196 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9197 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9198 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9200 \(fn)" t nil)
9202 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9203 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9204 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9205 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9206 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9208 \(fn)" t nil)
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9213 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9214 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9215 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9216 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9217 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9218 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9219 ;;;;;; (18810 58558))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9222 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9223 Not documented
9225 \(fn)" nil nil)
9227 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9228 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9230 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9231 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9233 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9234 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9235 primary language.
9237 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9238 even if the buffer is read-only.
9240 See also the descriptions of the variables
9241 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9243 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9245 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9246 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9248 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9249 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9251 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9252 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9253 primary language.
9255 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9256 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9258 See also the descriptions of the variables
9259 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9261 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9264 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9265 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9266 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9268 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9270 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9271 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9272 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9273 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9275 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9276 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9277 primary language.
9279 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9280 buffer is read-only.
9282 See also the descriptions of the variables
9283 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9284 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9286 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9288 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9289 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9291 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9292 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9294 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9295 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9296 the primary language.
9298 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9299 buffer is read-only.
9301 See also the descriptions of the variables
9302 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9303 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9305 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9308 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9309 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9311 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9313 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9314 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9316 \(fn)" t nil)
9318 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9319 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9321 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9322 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9323 be 1, 2, or 3.
9325 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9326 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9327 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9329 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9331 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9333 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9334 This function is deprecated.
9336 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9338 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9339 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9341 \(fn)" t nil)
9343 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9344 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9346 \(fn)" t nil)
9348 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9349 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9351 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9352 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9354 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9355 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9359 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9360 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9364 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9365 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9369 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9370 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9372 \(fn)" nil nil)
9374 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9375 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9376 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9378 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9380 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9381 Not documented
9383 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9385 ;;;***
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9388 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9389 ;;;;;; (19181 18357))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9392 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9393 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9394 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9395 server for future sessions.
9397 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9399 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9400 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9401 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9403 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9405 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9406 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9407 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9409 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9411 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9412 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9413 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9414 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9415 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9416 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9417 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9418 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9419 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9420 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9421 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9422 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9424 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9426 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9427 Display a form to query the directory server.
9428 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9429 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9431 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9433 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9434 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9435 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9437 \(fn)" t nil)
9439 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9441 ;;;***
9443 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9444 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9445 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19123 40242))
9446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9448 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9449 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9451 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9453 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9454 Display URL and make it clickable.
9456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9458 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9459 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9461 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9463 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9464 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9466 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9468 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9469 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9471 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9473 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9474 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9476 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9478 ;;;***
9480 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9481 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18785 51234))
9482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9484 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9485 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9486 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9488 \(fn)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9491 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9493 \(fn)" t nil)
9495 ;;;***
9497 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9498 ;;;;;; (18785 51234))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9501 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9502 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9504 \(fn)" t nil)
9506 ;;;***
9508 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18785
9509 ;;;;;; 51196))
9510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9512 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9513 Create an empty ewoc.
9515 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9517 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9518 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9519 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9520 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9521 `insert-before-markers'.
9523 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9524 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9525 respectively, of the ewoc.
9527 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9528 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9529 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9531 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9533 ;;;***
9535 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9536 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9537 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (18785 51239))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9541 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9542 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9543 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9545 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9547 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9548 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9549 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9550 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9551 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9553 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9556 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9557 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9558 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9559 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9560 executable.
9562 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9564 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9565 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9566 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9568 \(fn)" t nil)
9570 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9571 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9572 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9573 file modes.
9575 \(fn)" nil nil)
9577 ;;;***
9579 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9580 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9581 ;;;;;; (18785 51155))
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9584 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9585 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9586 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9587 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9589 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9591 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9592 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9593 to generate such functions.
9595 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9596 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9597 beginning of the expanded text.
9599 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9600 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9601 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9602 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9604 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9606 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9608 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9609 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9610 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9612 \(fn)" nil nil)
9614 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9615 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9616 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9618 \(fn)" t nil)
9620 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9621 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9622 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9624 \(fn)" t nil)
9625 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9626 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9628 ;;;***
9630 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19152 17316))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9633 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9634 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9635 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9637 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9638 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9639 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9641 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9643 Key definitions:
9644 \\{f90-mode-map}
9646 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9648 `f90-do-indent'
9649 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9650 `f90-if-indent'
9651 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9652 `f90-type-indent'
9653 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9654 `f90-program-indent'
9655 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9656 (default 2).
9657 `f90-continuation-indent'
9658 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9659 `f90-comment-region'
9660 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9661 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9662 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9663 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9664 (default \"!\").
9665 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9666 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9667 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9668 `f90-break-delimiters'
9669 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9670 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9671 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9672 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9673 (default t).
9674 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9675 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9676 `f90-smart-end'
9677 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9678 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9679 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9680 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9681 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9682 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9683 `f90-leave-line-no'
9684 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9686 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9687 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9689 \(fn)" t nil)
9691 ;;;***
9693 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9694 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9695 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9696 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19144
9697 ;;;;;; 23264))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9700 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9701 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9703 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9704 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9706 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9707 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9708 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9709 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9710 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9711 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9712 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9714 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9715 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9716 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9718 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9720 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9721 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9723 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9725 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9726 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9727 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9728 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9729 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9730 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9732 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9734 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9735 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9736 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9738 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9739 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9740 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9741 the same amount).
9743 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9745 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9746 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9747 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9749 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9750 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9751 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9752 will remove any scaling currently active.
9754 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9757 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9758 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9760 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9761 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9762 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9763 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9764 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9766 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9767 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9769 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9770 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9772 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9773 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9774 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9776 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9777 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9778 is one of the above.
9780 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9781 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9782 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9783 will remove any scaling currently active.
9785 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9786 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9787 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9788 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9789 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9791 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9794 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9795 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9796 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9801 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9802 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9803 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9804 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9806 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9807 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9809 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9812 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9813 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9814 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9816 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9817 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9818 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9819 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9821 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9822 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9824 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9826 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9827 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9828 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9829 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9833 ;;;***
9835 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9836 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9837 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19190 32920))
9838 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9840 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9841 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9842 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9843 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9845 \(fn)" nil nil)
9847 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9848 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9852 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9853 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9854 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9855 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9859 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9860 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9861 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9862 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9863 backup file names and the like).
9865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9867 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9868 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9869 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9870 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9871 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9872 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9873 internally by feedmail):
9875 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9876 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9877 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9878 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9880 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9881 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9882 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9883 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9884 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9886 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9888 ;;;***
9890 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9891 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19144 23264))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9894 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9895 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9896 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9897 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9898 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9899 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9900 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9902 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9904 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9905 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9906 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9907 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9908 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9909 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9910 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9912 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9914 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9916 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9917 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9918 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9919 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9920 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9921 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9923 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9925 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9926 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9927 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9928 Return value:
9929 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9930 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9931 * otherwise, nil
9933 \(fn E)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9936 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9938 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9940 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9941 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9943 \(fn)" t nil)
9945 ;;;***
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9948 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9949 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9950 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19170 52757))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9953 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9954 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9955 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9956 be added to the cache.
9958 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9961 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9962 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9963 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9964 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9966 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9968 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9969 Add FILE to the file cache.
9971 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9974 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9975 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9977 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9979 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9980 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9981 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9983 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9985 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9986 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9987 This function does not use any external programs
9988 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9989 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9990 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9992 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9995 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9996 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9997 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9998 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9999 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10000 \(directories) is done.
10002 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10004 ;;;***
10006 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10007 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10008 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10009 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10010 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19169 37270))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10013 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10014 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10016 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10017 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10018 Local Variables list.
10020 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10021 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10022 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10024 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10026 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10027 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10029 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10031 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10032 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10034 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10035 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10036 the -*- line.
10038 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10039 then this function adds it.
10041 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10043 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10044 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10046 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10048 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10049 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10051 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10053 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10054 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10056 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10058 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10059 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10061 \(fn)" t nil)
10063 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10064 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10066 \(fn)" t nil)
10068 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10069 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10071 \(fn)" t nil)
10073 ;;;***
10075 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19123
10076 ;;;;;; 40235))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10079 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10080 Filesets initialization.
10081 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10083 \(fn)" nil nil)
10085 ;;;***
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18785 51156))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10090 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10091 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10093 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10094 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10095 (mtime \"+1\"))
10096 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10098 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10099 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10101 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10103 ;;;***
10105 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10106 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10107 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (19190 32913))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10110 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10111 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10112 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10113 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10114 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10116 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10118 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10119 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10120 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10121 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10122 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10124 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10126 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10127 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10128 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10129 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10131 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10133 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10134 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10135 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10136 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10138 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10140 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10141 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10142 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10144 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10146 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10147 as the final argument.
10149 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10151 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10152 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10153 and run dired on those files.
10154 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10155 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10157 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10159 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10161 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10162 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10163 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10165 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10167 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10169 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10171 ;;;***
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10174 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10175 ;;;;;; (18785 51156))
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10178 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10179 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10180 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10181 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10182 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10183 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10184 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10186 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10187 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10188 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10190 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10192 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10194 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10196 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10197 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10198 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10200 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10201 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10203 Variables of interest include:
10205 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10206 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10207 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10209 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10210 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10211 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10213 - `ff-ignore-include'
10214 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10216 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10217 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10219 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10220 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10222 - `ff-special-constructs'
10223 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10224 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10225 extracting the filename from that construct.
10227 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10228 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10230 - `ff-search-directories'
10231 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10232 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10234 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10235 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10237 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10238 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10240 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10241 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10243 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10244 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10246 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10247 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10249 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10251 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10252 Visit the file you click on.
10254 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10256 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10257 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10259 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10261 ;;;***
10263 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10264 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10265 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10266 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10267 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10268 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10269 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18838 40604))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10272 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10273 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10274 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10276 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10278 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10279 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10280 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10281 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10283 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10284 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10285 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10286 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10288 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10290 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10291 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10293 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10294 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10295 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10296 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10298 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10299 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10300 in `load-path'.
10302 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10304 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10305 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10307 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10308 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10309 places point before the definition.
10310 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10312 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10313 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10314 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10316 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10318 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10319 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10321 See `find-function' for more details.
10323 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10325 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10326 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10328 See `find-function' for more details.
10330 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10332 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10333 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10335 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10336 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10337 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10339 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10340 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10342 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10344 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10345 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10347 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10348 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10349 places point before the definition.
10351 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10353 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10354 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10355 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10357 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10359 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10360 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10362 See `find-variable' for more details.
10364 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10366 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10367 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10369 See `find-variable' for more details.
10371 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10373 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10374 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10375 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10376 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10377 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10378 buffer nor display it.
10380 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10381 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10383 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10385 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10386 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10388 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10389 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10390 places point before the definition.
10392 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10394 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10395 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10396 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10398 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10400 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10401 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10402 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10404 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10406 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10407 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10409 \(fn)" t nil)
10411 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10412 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10414 \(fn)" t nil)
10416 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10417 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10419 \(fn)" nil nil)
10421 ;;;***
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10424 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18785 51156))
10425 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10427 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10428 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10430 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10432 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10433 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10435 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10437 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10438 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10440 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10442 ;;;***
10444 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10445 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19190 32913))
10446 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10448 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10449 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10451 \(fn)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10454 Display FILE's commentary section.
10455 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10457 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10460 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10462 \(fn)" t nil)
10464 ;;;***
10466 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10467 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18802 59720))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10470 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10471 Toggle flow control handling.
10472 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10473 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10475 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10477 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10478 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10479 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10480 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10481 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10482 to get the effect of a C-q.
10484 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10486 ;;;***
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10489 ;;;;;; (18785 51211))
10490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10492 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10493 Not documented
10495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10497 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10498 Not documented
10500 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10502 ;;;***
10504 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10505 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19106 2693))
10506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10508 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10509 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10510 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10511 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10515 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10516 Turn flymake mode on.
10518 \(fn)" nil nil)
10520 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10521 Turn flymake mode off.
10523 \(fn)" nil nil)
10525 ;;;***
10527 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10528 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10529 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19169 37278))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10532 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10533 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10535 \(fn)" t nil)
10536 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10538 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10539 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10540 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10541 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10542 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10543 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10544 otherwise turn it off.
10546 Bindings:
10547 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10548 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10549 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10550 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10552 Hooks:
10553 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10555 Remark:
10556 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10557 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10558 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10560 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10561 consider adding:
10562 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10563 in your .emacs file.
10565 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10566 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10570 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10571 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10573 \(fn)" nil nil)
10575 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10576 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10578 \(fn)" nil nil)
10580 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10581 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10583 \(fn)" nil nil)
10585 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10586 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10590 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10591 Flyspell whole buffer.
10593 \(fn)" t nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10598 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10599 ;;;;;; (18785 51157))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10602 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10603 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10605 \(fn)" nil nil)
10607 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10608 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10610 \(fn)" nil nil)
10612 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10613 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10615 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10616 of two major techniques:
10618 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10619 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10620 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10622 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10623 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10624 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10625 movement commands.
10627 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10628 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10629 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10630 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10631 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10632 mileage may vary).
10634 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10635 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10637 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10639 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10640 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10641 \(This is the default.)
10643 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10645 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10646 \\{follow-mode-map}
10648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10650 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10651 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10653 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10654 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10655 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10656 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10657 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10658 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10660 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10661 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10662 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10664 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10665 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10666 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10670 ;;;***
10672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "font-core" "font-core.el" (19169 37271))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-core.el
10675 (put 'font-lock-defaults 'risky-local-variable t)
10677 ;;;***
10679 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19106
10680 ;;;;;; 2686))
10681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10683 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10684 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10685 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10686 started, play around with the following keys:
10687 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10691 ;;;***
10693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format" "format.el" (19169 37271))
10694 ;;; Generated autoloads from format.el
10696 (put 'format-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
10698 ;;;***
10700 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10701 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18785 51157))
10702 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10704 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10705 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10707 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10708 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10709 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10710 C-c < forms-first-record <
10711 C-c > forms-last-record >
10712 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10713 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10714 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10715 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10716 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10717 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10718 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10719 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10720 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10721 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10723 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10725 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10726 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10728 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10730 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10731 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10733 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10735 ;;;***
10737 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10738 ;;;;;; (19152 17316))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10741 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10742 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10743 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10745 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10746 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10748 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10750 Key definitions:
10751 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10753 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10755 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10756 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10757 `fortran-do-indent'
10758 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10759 `fortran-if-indent'
10760 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10761 `fortran-structure-indent'
10762 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10763 (default 3)
10764 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10765 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10766 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10767 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10768 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10769 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10770 nil don't change the indentation
10771 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10772 value of either
10773 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10774 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10775 depending on the continuation format in use.
10776 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10777 indentation for a line of code.
10778 (default 'fixed)
10779 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10780 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10781 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10782 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10783 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10784 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10785 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10786 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10787 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10788 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10789 column 5.
10790 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10791 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10792 statements (default nil).
10793 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10794 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10795 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10796 `fortran-continuation-string'
10797 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10798 line (default \"$\").
10799 `fortran-comment-region'
10800 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10801 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10802 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10803 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10804 as typed (default t).
10805 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10806 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10808 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10809 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10811 \(fn)" t nil)
10813 ;;;***
10815 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10816 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19190 32924))
10817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10819 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10820 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10822 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10823 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10825 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10827 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10828 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10830 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10831 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10833 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10836 Compile fortune file.
10838 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10839 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10841 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10843 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10844 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10846 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10847 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10848 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10849 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10851 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10853 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10854 Display a fortune cookie.
10856 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10857 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10858 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10859 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10861 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10863 ;;;***
10865 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10866 ;;;;;; (19181 18359))
10867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10869 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10870 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10872 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10874 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10875 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10876 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10877 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10879 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10880 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10881 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10882 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10884 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10885 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10886 shown in some of the buffers.
10888 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10890 The following commands help control operation :
10892 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10893 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10895 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10896 detailed description of this mode.
10899 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10900 | GDB Toolbar |
10901 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10902 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10903 | | |
10904 | | |
10905 | | |
10906 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10907 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10908 | | (comint-mode) |
10909 | | |
10910 | | |
10911 | | |
10912 | | |
10913 | | |
10914 | | |
10915 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10916 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10917 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10918 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10919 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10920 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10924 ;;;***
10926 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10927 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18785
10928 ;;;;;; 51196))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10931 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10932 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10933 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10934 instead (which see).")
10936 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10937 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10939 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10940 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10941 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10942 documentation string instead.
10944 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10945 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10946 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10947 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10948 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10949 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10950 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10951 enders are actually possible.
10953 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10954 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10956 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10957 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10958 `font-lock-keywords'.
10960 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10961 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10962 runs the macro expansion.
10964 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10965 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10966 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10968 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10970 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10972 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10973 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10975 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10978 Enter generic mode MODE.
10980 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10981 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10982 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10984 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10985 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10987 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10989 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10990 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10991 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10992 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10993 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10994 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10995 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10996 `font-lock-keywords'.
10998 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11000 ;;;***
11002 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11003 ;;;;;; (18785 51239))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11006 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11007 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11008 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11009 at places they belong to.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013 ;;;***
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11016 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11017 ;;;;;; (18785 51211))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11020 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11021 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11022 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11024 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11026 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11027 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11029 Guideline for numbers:
11030 1 - error messages
11031 3 - non-serious error messages
11032 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11033 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11034 9 - messages inside loops.
11036 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11038 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11039 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11040 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11042 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11044 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11045 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11047 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11049 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11050 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11052 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11053 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11054 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11055 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11056 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11057 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11059 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11060 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11061 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11062 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11063 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11065 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11067 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11069 ;;;***
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11072 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19169 37276))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11074 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11075 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11077 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11078 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11082 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11083 Read network news.
11084 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11085 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11086 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11087 name of an NNTP server to use.
11088 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11089 server.
11091 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11093 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11094 Read news as a slave.
11096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11099 Pop up a frame to read news.
11100 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11101 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11102 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11103 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11104 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11105 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11106 current display is used.
11108 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11110 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11111 Read network news.
11112 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11113 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11114 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11116 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11118 ;;;***
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11121 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11122 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11123 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11124 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11125 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18785 51211))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11128 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11129 Start Gnus unplugged.
11131 \(fn)" t nil)
11133 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11134 Start Gnus plugged.
11136 \(fn)" t nil)
11138 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11139 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11143 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11144 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11146 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11147 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11148 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11150 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11151 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11152 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11154 \(fn)" t nil)
11156 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11157 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11161 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11162 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11163 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11164 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11165 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11166 supported.
11168 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11171 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11172 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11173 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11174 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11175 supported.
11177 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11179 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11180 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11182 \(fn)" nil nil)
11184 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11185 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11186 downloaded into the agent.
11188 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11190 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11191 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11192 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11193 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11195 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11197 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11198 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11200 \(fn)" t nil)
11202 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11203 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11205 \(fn)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11208 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11209 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11211 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11213 ;;;***
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11216 ;;;;;; (19170 52759))
11217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11219 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11220 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11222 \(fn)" nil nil)
11224 ;;;***
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11227 ;;;;;; (18785 51212))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11230 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11231 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11233 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11235 ;;;***
11237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11238 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18785 51212))
11239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11241 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11242 Set a bookmark for this article.
11244 \(fn)" t nil)
11246 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11247 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11249 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11251 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11252 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11253 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11254 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11255 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11257 \(fn)" t nil)
11259 ;;;***
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11262 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11263 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18785
11264 ;;;;;; 51212))
11265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11267 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11268 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11270 Usage:
11271 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11273 \(fn)" t nil)
11275 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11276 Generate the cache active file.
11278 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11280 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11281 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11283 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11285 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11286 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11287 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11288 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11289 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11290 supported.
11292 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11294 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11295 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11296 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11297 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11298 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11299 supported.
11301 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11303 ;;;***
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11306 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19106 2684))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11309 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11310 Delay this article by some time.
11311 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11313 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11314 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11316 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11317 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11319 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11320 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11322 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11325 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11327 \(fn)" t nil)
11329 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11330 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11331 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11332 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11334 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11335 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11337 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11339 ;;;***
11341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11342 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19123 40240))
11343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11345 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11346 Not documented
11348 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11350 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11351 Not documented
11353 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11355 ;;;***
11357 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11358 ;;;;;; (18867 36912))
11359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11361 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11362 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11366 ;;;***
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11369 ;;;;;; (18867 36912))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11372 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11373 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11375 \(fn)" t nil)
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11380 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11381 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18785
11382 ;;;;;; 51213))
11383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11385 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11386 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11388 \(fn)" t nil)
11390 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11391 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11393 \(fn)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11396 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11398 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11399 different input formats.
11401 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11403 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11404 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11406 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11407 different input formats.
11409 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11411 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11412 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11413 The PNG is returned as a string.
11415 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11417 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11418 Convert FILE to a Face.
11419 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11420 726 bytes.
11422 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11424 ;;;***
11426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11427 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19106 2684))
11428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11430 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11431 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11432 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11433 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11435 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11437 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11438 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11440 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11442 ;;;***
11444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11445 ;;;;;; (18785 51213))
11446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11448 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11450 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11451 Run batched scoring.
11452 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11454 \(fn)" t nil)
11456 ;;;***
11458 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11459 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11460 ;;;;;; (18785 51213))
11461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11463 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11464 Not documented
11466 \(fn)" nil nil)
11468 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11469 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11470 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11472 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11475 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11477 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11481 ;;;***
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11484 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11485 ;;;;;; (18785 51213))
11486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11488 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11489 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11490 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11491 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11492 group parameters.
11494 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11495 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11496 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11497 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11499 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11500 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11501 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11502 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11503 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11504 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11505 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11506 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11507 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11508 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11510 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11512 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11513 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11514 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11515 nil CATCH-ALL).
11517 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11518 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11520 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11522 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11523 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11524 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11526 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11528 \(fn)" nil nil)
11530 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11531 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11532 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11534 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11536 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11537 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11538 existing groups are considered.
11540 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11541 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11542 returned.
11544 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11545 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11546 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11547 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11548 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11549 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11550 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11551 clauses will be generated.
11553 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11554 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11555 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11556 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11557 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11558 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11560 For example, given the following group parameters:
11562 nnml:mail.bar:
11563 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11564 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11565 nnml:mail.foo:
11566 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11567 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11568 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11569 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11570 nnml:mail.others:
11571 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11573 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11575 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11576 \"mail.bar\")
11577 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11578 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11579 \"mail.others\")
11581 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11583 ;;;***
11585 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11586 ;;;;;; (18785 51213))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11589 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11590 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11591 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11593 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11595 ;;;***
11597 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11598 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19106 2684))
11599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11601 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11602 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11603 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11604 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11606 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11608 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11609 Mail to ADDRESS.
11611 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11613 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11614 Like `message-reply'.
11616 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11618 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11620 ;;;***
11622 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11623 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18867 36912))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11626 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11627 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11629 \(fn)" t nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11632 Load the NoCeM cache.
11634 \(fn)" t nil)
11636 ;;;***
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11639 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11640 ;;;;;; (19106 2684))
11641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11643 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11644 Display picons in the From header.
11645 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11647 \(fn)" t nil)
11649 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11650 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11651 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11653 \(fn)" t nil)
11655 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11656 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11657 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11659 \(fn)" t nil)
11661 ;;;***
11663 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11664 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11665 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11666 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11667 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18785 51214))
11668 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11670 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11671 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11672 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11673 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11675 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11677 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11678 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11679 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11680 LIST1 is modified.
11682 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11684 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11685 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11686 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11688 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11690 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11691 Not documented
11693 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11695 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11696 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11697 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11699 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11701 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11702 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11703 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11705 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11707 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11709 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11710 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11711 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11713 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11715 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11716 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11717 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11719 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11722 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11723 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11725 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11727 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11728 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11730 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11735 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18785 51214))
11736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11738 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11739 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11743 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11744 Install the registry hooks.
11746 \(fn)" t nil)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18785
11752 ;;;;;; 51214))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11755 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11756 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11757 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11758 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11759 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11760 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11765 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11766 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11767 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11768 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11770 \(fn)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11773 Not documented
11775 \(fn)" t nil)
11777 ;;;***
11779 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11780 ;;;;;; (18785 51214))
11781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11783 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11784 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11785 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11786 for matching on group names.
11788 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11789 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11791 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11793 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11795 \(fn)" t nil)
11797 ;;;***
11799 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11800 ;;;;;; (19041 28962))
11801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11803 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11804 Update the format specification near point.
11806 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18802
11812 ;;;;;; 59722))
11813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11815 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11816 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11818 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11820 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11821 Not documented
11823 \(fn)" nil nil)
11825 ;;;***
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11828 ;;;;;; (18785 51215))
11829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11831 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11832 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11834 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19190 32924))
11839 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11841 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11842 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11844 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11845 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11846 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11848 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11849 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11850 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11852 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11853 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11855 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11856 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11858 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11860 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11862 ;;;***
11864 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11865 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18802
11866 ;;;;;; 59724))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11869 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11871 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11872 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11873 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11874 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11875 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11877 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11879 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11880 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11881 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11882 or to send e-mail.
11883 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11884 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11886 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11887 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11889 \(fn)" t nil)
11890 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11892 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11893 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11897 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11898 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11902 ;;;***
11904 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11905 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11906 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19133 53185))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11909 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11910 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11912 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11914 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11915 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11916 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11917 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11918 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11920 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11921 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11922 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11924 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11926 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11927 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11928 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11929 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11930 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11932 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11934 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11935 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11937 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11939 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11940 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11942 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11943 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11944 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11946 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11947 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11948 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11950 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
11951 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11952 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11953 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11955 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11956 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11957 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11958 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11959 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11961 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11963 (defvar grep-history nil)
11965 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11967 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11968 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11969 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11971 \(fn)" nil nil)
11973 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11974 Not documented
11976 \(fn)" nil nil)
11978 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11979 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11981 \(fn)" nil nil)
11983 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11984 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11985 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11986 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11987 found matches.
11989 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11990 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11992 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11993 can easily repeat a grep command.
11995 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11996 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11997 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11998 list is empty).
12000 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12002 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12003 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12004 Collect output in a buffer.
12005 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12006 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12008 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12009 easily repeat a find command.
12011 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12013 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12015 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12016 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12017 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12018 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12019 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12021 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12022 before it is executed.
12023 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12025 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12026 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12027 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12029 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12031 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12033 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12034 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12035 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12036 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12037 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12040 before it is executed.
12041 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12043 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12044 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12045 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12047 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12049 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12051 ;;;***
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19169 37271))
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12056 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12057 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12058 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12059 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12060 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12062 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12064 ;;;***
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12067 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19181 18360))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12070 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12071 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12072 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12073 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12075 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12077 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12078 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12079 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12080 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12082 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12084 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12085 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12086 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12087 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12089 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12091 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12092 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12094 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12096 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12097 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12099 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12101 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12102 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12103 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12104 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12106 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12108 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12109 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12110 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12111 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12113 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12115 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12116 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12117 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12118 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12119 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12121 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12122 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12123 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12124 original source file access method.
12126 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12127 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12129 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12130 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12132 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12134 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12135 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12139 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12140 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12141 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12144 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12146 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12148 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12149 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12153 ;;;***
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19106
12156 ;;;;;; 2691))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12159 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12160 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12161 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12162 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12164 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12165 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12166 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12167 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12169 \(fn)" t nil)
12171 ;;;***
12173 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12174 ;;;;;; (19106 2691))
12175 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12177 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12178 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12180 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12182 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12183 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12184 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12185 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12187 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12189 \(fn)" t nil)
12191 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12192 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12193 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12194 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12195 to be updated.
12197 \(fn)" t nil)
12199 ;;;***
12201 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12202 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12203 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19190 32920))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12206 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12207 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12211 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12212 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12213 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12215 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12217 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12218 Verify a hashcash payment
12220 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12222 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12223 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12224 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12225 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12226 `mail-add-payment-async').
12228 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12230 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12231 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12232 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12233 Calculation is asynchronous.
12235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12237 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12238 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12239 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12243 ;;;***
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12246 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12247 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12248 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18932 10098))
12249 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12251 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12252 Return the help-echo string at point.
12253 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12254 property, or nil, is returned.
12255 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12256 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12257 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12259 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12261 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12262 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12263 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12264 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12265 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12267 \(fn)" nil nil)
12269 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12270 Display local help in the echo area.
12271 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12272 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12273 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12274 printed instead.
12276 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12277 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12278 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12282 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12283 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12284 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12286 \(fn)" t nil)
12288 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12289 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12290 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12294 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12295 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12296 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12297 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12298 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12299 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12300 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12301 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12302 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12303 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12304 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12306 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12307 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12308 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12309 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12310 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12312 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12313 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12314 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12315 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12316 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12317 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12318 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12319 The default is `never'.")
12321 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12323 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12324 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12325 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12326 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12327 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12328 considered different regions.
12330 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12331 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12332 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12333 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12334 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12335 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12336 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12337 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12338 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12340 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12342 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12343 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12344 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12345 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12346 different regions.
12348 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12349 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12350 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12351 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12352 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12353 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12354 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12355 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12357 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12358 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12359 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12360 rarely happens in practice.
12362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12364 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12365 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12366 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12367 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12368 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12369 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12373 ;;;***
12375 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12376 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12377 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12378 ;;;;;; (19169 37271))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12381 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12382 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12384 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12386 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12387 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12388 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12390 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12392 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12393 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12394 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12395 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12396 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12397 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12398 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12399 search for a function definition.
12401 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12402 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12403 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12404 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12405 suitable file is found, return nil.
12407 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12409 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12410 Not documented
12412 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12414 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12415 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12416 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12417 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12419 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12421 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12422 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12423 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12424 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12425 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12426 it is displayed along with the global value.
12428 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12430 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12431 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12432 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12433 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12437 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12438 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12439 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12440 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12441 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12445 ;;;***
12447 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12448 ;;;;;; (19144 23264))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12451 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12452 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12453 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12454 window listing and describing the options.
12455 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12456 gives the window that lists the options.")
12458 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12460 ;;;***
12462 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12463 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12464 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19123
12465 ;;;;;; 40235))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12468 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12469 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12470 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12471 Commands:
12472 \\{help-mode-map}
12474 \(fn)" t nil)
12476 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12477 Not documented
12479 \(fn)" nil nil)
12481 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12482 Not documented
12484 \(fn)" nil nil)
12486 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12487 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12489 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12490 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12491 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12492 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12494 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12495 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12496 restore it properly when going back.
12498 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12500 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12501 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12502 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12503 current buffer.
12504 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12505 exists, it is created.
12507 \(fn)" nil nil)
12509 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12510 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12512 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12513 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12514 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12515 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12516 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12517 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12518 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12519 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12521 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12522 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12523 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12524 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12526 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12527 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12528 that.
12530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12532 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12533 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12534 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12535 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12536 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12537 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12539 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12541 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12542 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12543 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12544 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12545 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12547 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12549 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12550 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12552 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12554 ;;;***
12556 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12557 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18785 51197))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12560 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12561 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12565 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12566 Provide help for current mode.
12568 \(fn)" t nil)
12570 ;;;***
12572 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12573 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19144 23265))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12576 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12577 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12578 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12579 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12580 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12582 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12583 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12585 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12586 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12587 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12588 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12590 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12591 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12592 periods.
12594 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12595 in hexl format.
12597 A sample format:
12599 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12600 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12601 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12602 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12603 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12604 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12605 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12606 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12607 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12608 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12609 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12610 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12611 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12612 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12613 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12615 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12616 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12617 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12619 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12620 also supported.
12622 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12624 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12625 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12626 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12628 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12629 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12630 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12632 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12633 into the buffer at the current point.
12635 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12636 into the buffer at the current point.
12638 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12639 into the buffer at the current point.
12641 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12643 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12644 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12646 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12648 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12652 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12653 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12654 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12655 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12657 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12659 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12660 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12661 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12663 \(fn)" t nil)
12665 ;;;***
12667 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12668 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12669 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12670 ;;;;;; (19144 23265))
12671 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12673 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12674 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12676 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12677 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12678 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12679 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12680 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12681 called interactively, are:
12683 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12684 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12686 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12687 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12688 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12689 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12691 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12692 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12694 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12695 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12697 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12698 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12699 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12700 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12701 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12702 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12703 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12704 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12705 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12706 function returns t.
12708 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12709 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12711 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12712 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12713 form:
12714 Hi-lock: FOO
12715 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12716 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12717 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12718 Patterns will be read until
12719 Hi-lock: end
12720 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12724 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12725 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12726 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12728 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12729 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12731 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12733 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12734 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12735 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12736 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12737 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12741 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12743 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12744 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12746 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12747 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12748 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12749 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12750 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12752 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12754 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12756 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12757 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12759 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12760 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12761 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12762 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12763 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12765 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12767 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12769 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12770 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12772 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12773 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12775 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12777 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12779 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12780 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12782 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12783 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12784 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12785 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12786 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12788 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12790 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12791 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12793 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12794 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12795 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12797 \(fn)" t nil)
12799 ;;;***
12801 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12802 ;;;;;; (18802 59726))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12805 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12806 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12807 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12808 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12809 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12810 how the hiding is done:
12812 `hide-ifdef-env'
12813 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12814 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12815 is used.
12817 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12818 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12819 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12820 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12821 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12823 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12824 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12825 #endif lines when hiding.
12827 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12828 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12829 is activated.
12831 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12832 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12833 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12835 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12839 ;;;***
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12842 ;;;;;; (19144 23281))
12843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12845 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil)) "\
12846 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12847 Each element has the form
12848 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12850 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12851 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12853 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12854 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12856 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12857 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12858 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12859 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12860 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12861 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12863 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12864 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12866 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12867 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12869 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12870 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12871 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12873 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12874 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12875 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12876 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12877 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12879 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12880 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12881 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12883 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12884 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12886 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12888 Key bindings:
12889 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12893 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12894 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12896 \(fn)" nil nil)
12898 ;;;***
12900 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12901 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12902 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12903 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12904 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19106
12905 ;;;;;; 2680))
12906 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12908 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12909 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12911 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12913 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12914 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12915 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12916 on and off.
12918 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12919 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12920 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12921 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12922 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12923 through various faces.
12924 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12925 buffer with the contents of a file
12926 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12930 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12931 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12933 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12934 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12935 in a distinctive face.
12937 The default value can be customized with variable
12938 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12940 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12944 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12945 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12946 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12948 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12950 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12951 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12955 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12956 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12958 \(fn)" t nil)
12960 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12961 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12963 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12964 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12965 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12966 shown in the last face in the list.
12968 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12969 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12970 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12972 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12974 \(fn)" t nil)
12976 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12977 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12979 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12981 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12982 to save the file.
12984 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12985 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12987 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12988 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12989 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12991 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12993 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12994 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12996 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12997 this function is called interactively.
12999 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13000 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13001 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13003 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13004 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13005 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13007 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13009 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13010 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13011 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13013 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13014 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13016 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13018 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13019 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13020 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13021 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13022 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13026 ;;;***
13028 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13029 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13030 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13031 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13032 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19095 42942))
13033 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13035 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13036 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13037 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13038 or insert functions in this list.")
13040 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13042 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13043 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13045 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13047 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13048 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13050 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13052 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13053 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13055 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13057 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13058 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13060 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13062 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13063 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13064 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13066 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13068 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13069 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13070 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13071 \(as atoms)")
13073 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13075 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13076 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13077 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13078 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13079 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13081 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13083 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13084 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13085 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13086 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13087 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13088 expansions.
13089 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13090 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13091 undoes the expansion.
13093 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13095 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13096 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13097 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13098 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13100 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13102 ;;;***
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13105 ;;;;;; (18785 51159))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13108 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13109 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13110 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13112 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13113 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13114 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13115 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13116 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13118 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13119 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13120 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13121 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13125 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13126 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13127 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13130 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13132 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13134 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13135 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13136 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13138 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13139 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13143 ;;;***
13145 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13146 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13147 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13148 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13149 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19190 32914))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13152 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13153 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13154 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13156 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13158 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13160 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13162 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13163 Oriental holidays.
13164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13168 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13172 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13173 Local holidays.
13174 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13176 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13178 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13182 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13183 User defined holidays.
13184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13188 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13190 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13192 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13193 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13195 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13197 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13198 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13200 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13202 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13203 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13205 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13207 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13208 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13210 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13212 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13213 Jewish holidays.
13214 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13216 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13218 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13220 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13222 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13223 Christian holidays.
13224 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13226 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13228 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13230 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13232 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13233 Islamic holidays.
13234 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13236 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13238 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13240 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13242 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13243 Baha'i holidays.
13244 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13246 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13248 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13250 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13252 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13253 Sun-related holidays.
13254 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13256 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13258 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13260 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13262 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13264 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13265 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13266 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13267 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13271 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13272 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13273 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13274 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13275 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13277 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13278 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13280 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13281 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13283 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13284 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13285 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13286 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13287 of a holiday list.
13289 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13291 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13293 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13295 ;;;***
13297 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18785
13298 ;;;;;; 51215))
13299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13301 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13302 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13304 \(fn)" t nil)
13306 ;;;***
13308 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13309 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18785
13310 ;;;;;; 51159))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13313 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13314 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13316 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13317 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13318 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13320 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13321 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13322 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13323 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13324 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13325 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13327 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13328 title of the column.
13330 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13331 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13332 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13333 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13334 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13336 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13338 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13339 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13340 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13341 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13342 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13344 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13345 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13346 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13348 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13350 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13351 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13352 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13353 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13354 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13355 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13357 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13358 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13359 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13360 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13361 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13362 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13363 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13364 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13365 values are:
13366 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13367 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13368 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13369 buffer's modification flag.
13370 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13371 prompted before performing this operation.
13372 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13373 operation is complete, in the form:
13374 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13375 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13376 confirmation message, in the form:
13377 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13378 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13379 macro for exactly what it does.
13381 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13383 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13384 Define a filter named NAME.
13385 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13386 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13387 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13389 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13390 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13391 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13392 bound to the current value of the filter.
13394 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13396 ;;;***
13398 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13399 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19169 37271))
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13402 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13403 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13404 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13405 buffers which are visiting a file.
13407 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13409 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13410 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13411 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13412 buffers which are visiting a file.
13414 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13416 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13417 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13418 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13420 All arguments are optional.
13421 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13422 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13423 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13424 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13425 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13426 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13427 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13428 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13429 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13430 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13431 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13432 that value locally in this buffer.
13434 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13436 ;;;***
13438 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13439 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13440 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19087 44041))
13441 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13443 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13444 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13445 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13446 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13448 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13450 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13451 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13452 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13453 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13454 ICAL-FILENAME.
13455 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13456 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13457 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13459 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13461 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13462 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13463 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13464 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13465 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13466 non-marking or not.
13468 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13471 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13473 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13474 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13475 DIARY-FILE.
13477 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13478 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13479 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13481 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13482 non-marking.
13484 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13485 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13486 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13488 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13490 ;;;***
13492 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18785
13493 ;;;;;; 51159))
13494 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13496 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13497 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13498 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13501 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13503 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13505 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13506 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13507 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13508 otherwise turn it off.
13510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13512 ;;;***
13514 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18802 59726))
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13517 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13518 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13519 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13520 Tab indents for Icon code.
13521 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13522 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13523 \\{icon-mode-map}
13524 Variables controlling indentation style:
13525 icon-tab-always-indent
13526 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13527 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13528 icon-auto-newline
13529 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13530 inserted in Icon code.
13531 icon-indent-level
13532 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13533 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13534 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13535 icon-continued-statement-offset
13536 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13537 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13538 icon-continued-brace-offset
13539 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13540 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13541 icon-brace-offset
13542 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13543 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13544 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13545 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13547 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13548 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13550 \(fn)" t nil)
13552 ;;;***
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13555 ;;;;;; (19181 18360))
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13558 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13559 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13560 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13561 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13563 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13564 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13565 separate frames.
13567 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13568 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13570 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13571 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13572 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13574 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13576 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13578 ;;;***
13580 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13581 ;;;;;; (19181 18360))
13582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13584 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13585 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13587 The main features of this mode are
13589 1. Indentation and Formatting
13590 --------------------------
13591 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13592 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13594 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13595 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13596 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13597 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13599 Comments are indented as follows:
13601 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13602 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13603 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13605 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13607 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13608 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13609 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13610 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13611 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13612 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13614 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13615 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13616 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13617 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13619 2. Routine Info
13620 ------------
13621 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13622 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13623 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13624 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13625 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13626 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13627 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13628 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13629 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13630 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13632 3. Online IDL Help
13633 ---------------
13635 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13636 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13637 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13638 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13640 4. Completion
13641 ----------
13642 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13643 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13644 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13645 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13646 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13647 upper case.
13649 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13650 --------------------------------
13651 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13652 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13654 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13655 \\fu FUNCTION template
13656 \\c CASE statement template
13657 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13658 \\f FOR loop template
13659 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13660 \\w WHILE loop template
13661 \\i IF statement template
13662 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13663 \\b BEGIN
13665 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13666 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13668 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13669 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13670 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13671 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13673 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13674 -------------------------
13675 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13676 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13678 7. Automatic END completion
13679 ------------------------
13680 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13681 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13683 8. Hooks
13684 -----
13685 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13686 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13688 9. Documentation and Customization
13689 -------------------------------
13690 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13691 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13692 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13693 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13694 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13696 10.Keybindings
13697 -----------
13698 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13699 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13700 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13702 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13704 \(fn)" t nil)
13706 ;;;***
13708 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13709 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13710 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13711 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13712 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13713 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13714 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13715 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19169
13716 ;;;;;; 37271))
13717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13719 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13720 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13721 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13722 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13723 displaying...)
13724 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13725 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13726 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13729 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13731 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13733 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13734 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13735 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13736 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13737 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13738 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13739 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13740 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13741 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13745 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13746 Switch to another buffer.
13747 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13748 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13749 in another frame.
13751 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13752 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13753 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13754 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13755 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13757 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13758 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13760 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13761 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13763 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13764 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13765 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13766 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13767 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13768 in a separate window.
13769 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13770 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13771 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13772 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13773 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13774 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13775 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13776 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13777 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13779 \(fn)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13782 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13786 \(fn)" t nil)
13788 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13789 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13795 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13796 Kill a buffer.
13797 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13802 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13803 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13804 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13809 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13810 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13811 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13814 \(fn)" t nil)
13816 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13817 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13819 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13821 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13822 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13823 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13824 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13825 visible in another frame.
13827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13828 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13829 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13830 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13831 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13832 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13834 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13835 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13837 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13838 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13840 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13841 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13842 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13843 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13844 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13845 in a separate window.
13846 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13847 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13848 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13849 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13850 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13851 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13852 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13853 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13854 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13855 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13856 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13857 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13858 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13859 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13860 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13864 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13865 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13869 \(fn)" t nil)
13871 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13872 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13876 \(fn)" t nil)
13878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13879 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13883 \(fn)" t nil)
13885 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13886 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13890 \(fn)" t nil)
13892 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13893 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13897 \(fn)" t nil)
13899 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13900 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13904 \(fn)" t nil)
13906 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13907 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13911 \(fn)" t nil)
13913 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13914 Write current buffer to a file.
13915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13918 \(fn)" t nil)
13920 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13921 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13922 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13925 \(fn)" t nil)
13927 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13928 Call `dired' the ido way.
13929 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13930 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13932 \(fn)" t nil)
13934 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13935 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13936 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13937 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13938 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13939 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13941 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13943 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13944 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13945 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13946 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13948 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13950 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13951 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13952 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13953 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13955 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13957 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13958 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13959 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13960 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13961 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13962 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13963 with `completing-read'.
13964 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13965 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13966 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13967 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13968 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13969 with point positioned at the end.
13970 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13971 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13973 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13975 ;;;***
13977 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19181 18348))
13978 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13979 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13981 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13982 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13983 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13985 \(fn)" t nil)
13987 ;;;***
13989 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13990 ;;;;;; (18785 51159))
13991 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13993 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13994 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13996 \(fn)" t nil)
13998 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13999 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14003 ;;;***
14005 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14006 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14007 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14008 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14009 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19123 40235))
14010 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14012 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14013 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14014 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14015 be determined.
14017 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14019 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14020 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14021 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14022 be determined.
14024 \(fn)" nil nil)
14026 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14027 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14028 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14029 be determined.
14031 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14033 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14034 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14035 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14036 be determined.
14038 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14040 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14041 Determine and return image type.
14042 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14043 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14044 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14045 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14046 use its file extension as image type.
14047 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14049 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14051 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14052 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14053 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14055 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14057 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14058 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14059 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14061 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14062 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14063 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14064 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14065 must be available.
14067 \(fn)" nil nil)
14069 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14070 Create an image.
14071 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14072 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14073 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14074 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14075 use its file extension as image type.
14076 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14077 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14078 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14079 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14081 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14083 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14084 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14085 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14087 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14089 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14090 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14091 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14092 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14093 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14094 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14095 POS may be an integer or marker.
14096 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14097 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14098 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14099 means display it in the right marginal area.
14101 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14103 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14104 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14105 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14106 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14107 defaulted if you omit it.
14108 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14109 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14110 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14111 means display it in the right marginal area.
14112 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14113 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14114 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14115 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14116 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14118 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14120 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14121 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14122 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14123 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14124 defaulted if you omit it.
14125 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14126 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14127 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14128 means display it in the right marginal area.
14129 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14131 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14133 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14134 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14135 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14136 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14138 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14140 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14141 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14143 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14145 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14146 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14147 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14148 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14149 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14150 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14151 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14152 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14153 satisfied.
14155 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14157 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14159 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14161 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14162 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14164 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14165 documentation string.
14167 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14168 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14169 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14170 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14171 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14172 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14173 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14174 define SYMBOL.
14176 Example:
14178 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14179 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14181 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14183 ;;;***
14185 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14186 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14187 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14188 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14189 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14190 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14191 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14192 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18785 51159))
14193 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14195 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14196 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14198 \(fn)" t nil)
14200 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14201 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14203 Convenience command that:
14205 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14206 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14207 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14209 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14210 image files in dired and type
14211 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14213 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14215 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14216 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14218 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14220 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14221 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14222 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14223 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14224 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14225 another one).
14227 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14228 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14229 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14231 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14232 instead of erasing it first.
14234 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14235 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14236 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14237 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14238 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14239 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14241 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14243 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14244 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14245 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14246 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14247 displayed.
14249 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14251 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14253 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14255 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14256 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14258 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14260 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14261 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14262 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14266 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14267 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14269 \(fn)" t nil)
14271 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14272 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14273 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14274 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14276 \(fn)" t nil)
14278 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14279 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14281 \(fn)" t nil)
14283 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14284 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14286 \(fn)" t nil)
14288 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14289 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14293 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14294 Display current image file.
14295 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14296 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14300 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14301 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14303 \(fn)" t nil)
14305 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14306 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14307 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14308 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14309 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14310 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14311 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14313 \(fn)" t nil)
14315 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14316 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14317 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14318 easy-to-use form.
14320 \(fn)" t nil)
14322 ;;;***
14324 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14325 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14326 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19190 32913))
14327 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14329 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14330 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14331 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14332 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14334 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14335 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14336 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14337 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14339 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14341 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14342 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14343 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14344 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14346 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14347 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14348 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14349 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14351 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14353 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14354 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14356 \(fn)" nil nil)
14358 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14359 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14360 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14361 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14363 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14365 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14366 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14367 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14369 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14370 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14372 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14374 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14375 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14376 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14377 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14379 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14380 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14381 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14385 ;;;***
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
14388 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19144 23265))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14390 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14391 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14392 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14393 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14394 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14395 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14396 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14397 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14398 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14400 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14401 Major mode for image files.
14402 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14403 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14405 \(fn)" t nil)
14407 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14408 Toggle Image minor mode.
14409 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14410 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14414 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
14415 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14416 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14417 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14418 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14419 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14421 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14422 information on these modes.
14424 \(fn)" t nil)
14426 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14427 Not documented
14429 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14431 ;;;***
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14434 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19095 42943))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14437 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14438 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14440 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14442 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14443 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14444 in the buffer.
14446 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14448 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14449 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14450 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14452 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14454 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14455 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14457 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14458 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14459 pattern's structure.
14461 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14462 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14463 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14464 during matching.")
14465 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14469 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14470 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14472 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14473 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14474 called within a `save-excursion'.
14476 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14478 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14480 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14481 Function for finding the next index position.
14483 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14484 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14485 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14486 file.
14488 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14489 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14491 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14493 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14494 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14496 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14497 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14498 It should return the name for that index item.")
14500 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14502 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14503 Function to compare string with index item.
14505 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14506 non-nil if they match.
14508 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14509 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14510 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14511 arguments match\".")
14513 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14515 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14516 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14517 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14520 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14522 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14526 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14527 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14528 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14529 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14531 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14533 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14534 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14536 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14538 \(fn)" t nil)
14540 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14541 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14542 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14543 for more information.
14545 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14547 ;;;***
14549 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14550 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14551 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19095 42948))
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14554 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14555 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14557 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14559 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14560 Not documented
14562 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14564 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14565 Not documented
14567 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14569 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14570 Not documented
14572 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14574 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14575 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14577 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14579 ;;;***
14581 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14582 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19181 18360))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14586 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14587 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14588 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14589 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14590 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14592 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14594 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14595 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14597 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14599 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14600 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14601 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14602 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14603 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14604 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14605 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14606 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14608 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14610 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14611 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14612 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14613 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14614 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14616 This variable is only used if the variable
14617 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14619 More precise choices:
14620 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14621 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14622 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14624 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14626 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14628 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14629 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14631 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14632 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14633 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14634 to that buffer.
14635 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14636 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14637 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14638 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14640 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14641 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14643 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14645 ;;;***
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14648 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14649 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14650 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14651 ;;;;;; (19169 37271))
14652 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14654 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14655 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14657 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14658 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14659 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14661 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14662 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14663 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14664 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14665 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14666 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14667 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14668 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14669 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14670 with the top-level Info directory.
14672 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14673 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14674 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14675 appended to the Info buffer name.
14677 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14678 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14679 in all the directories in that path.
14681 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14683 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14685 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14686 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14688 \(fn)" t nil)
14690 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14691 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14692 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14693 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14695 \(fn)" nil nil)
14697 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14698 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14699 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14700 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14702 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14704 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14705 Go to the Info directory node.
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14709 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14710 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14711 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14712 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14713 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14714 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14716 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14718 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14719 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14720 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14722 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14724 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14725 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14729 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14730 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14731 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14732 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14733 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14735 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14736 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14738 Selecting other nodes:
14739 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14740 Follow a node reference you click on.
14741 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14742 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14743 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14744 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14745 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14746 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14747 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14748 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14749 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14750 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14751 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14752 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14753 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14754 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14755 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14756 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14757 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14758 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14759 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14760 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14762 Moving within a node:
14763 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14764 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14765 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14766 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14767 move up to the parent node.
14768 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14769 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14770 if there is none.
14771 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14773 Advanced commands:
14774 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14775 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14776 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14777 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14778 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14779 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14780 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14781 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14782 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14783 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14784 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14785 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14786 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14787 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14788 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14790 \(fn)" nil nil)
14791 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14793 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14794 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14795 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14796 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14797 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14798 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14800 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14801 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14803 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14804 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14805 KEY is a string.
14806 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14807 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14808 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14809 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14811 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14813 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14814 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14815 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14820 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14821 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14823 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14825 ;;;***
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14828 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14829 ;;;;;; (18785 51160))
14830 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14832 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14833 Throw away all cached data.
14834 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14835 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14836 system.
14838 \(fn)" t nil)
14839 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14841 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14842 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14843 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14844 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14845 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14846 one found at point.
14848 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14850 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14851 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14853 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14854 Display the documentation of a file.
14855 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14856 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14857 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14858 The default file name is the one found at point.
14860 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14862 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14864 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14865 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14867 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14869 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14870 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14872 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14874 ;;;***
14876 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14877 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18785 51160))
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14880 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14881 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14883 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14885 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14886 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14887 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14891 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14892 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14893 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14895 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14896 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14897 quite a while.
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14901 ;;;***
14903 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14904 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18785 51160))
14905 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14907 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14908 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14910 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14912 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14913 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14915 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14917 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14918 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14919 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14920 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14922 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14923 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14924 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14926 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14927 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14928 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14929 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14931 \(fn)" t nil)
14933 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14934 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14935 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14937 \(fn)" t nil)
14939 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14940 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14941 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14942 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14943 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14945 \(fn)" nil nil)
14947 ;;;***
14949 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14950 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14951 ;;;;;; (18785 51221))
14952 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14954 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14955 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14959 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14960 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14962 \(fn)" t nil)
14964 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14965 Not documented
14967 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14969 ;;;***
14971 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18802
14972 ;;;;;; 59720))
14973 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14975 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14976 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14977 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14978 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14979 accessed via isearchb.
14981 \(fn)" t nil)
14983 ;;;***
14985 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14986 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14987 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14988 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18785 51221))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14991 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14992 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14993 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14994 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14999 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15000 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15001 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15002 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15007 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15008 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15009 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15010 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15015 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15016 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15017 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15018 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15023 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15024 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15025 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15026 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15031 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15032 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15033 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15034 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15035 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15037 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15039 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15040 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15041 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15042 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15043 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15045 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15047 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15048 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15049 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15054 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15055 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15056 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15061 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15062 Warn that format is read-only.
15064 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15066 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15067 Warn that format is write-only.
15069 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15071 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15072 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15076 ;;;***
15078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15079 ;;;;;; (18785 51221))
15080 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15081 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15082 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15083 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15085 ;;;***
15087 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15088 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15089 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15090 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15091 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19190 32925))
15092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15093 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15095 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15096 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15097 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15098 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15099 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15101 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15102 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15104 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15105 Key map for ispell menu.")
15107 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15108 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15109 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15110 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15112 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15114 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15116 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15118 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15120 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
15121 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15122 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15123 Valid forms include:
15124 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15125 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15126 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15127 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15129 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15130 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15131 First list is used raw.
15132 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15134 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15135 for skipping in latex mode.")
15137 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15138 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15139 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15140 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15141 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15142 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15143 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15145 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15146 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15147 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15148 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15150 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15151 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15152 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15153 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15154 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15156 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15157 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15159 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15160 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15162 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15163 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15165 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15166 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15168 Return values:
15169 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15170 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15171 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15172 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15173 quit spell session exited.
15175 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15177 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15178 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15179 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15181 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15183 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15184 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15186 Selections are:
15188 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15189 SPC: Accept word this time.
15190 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15191 `a': Accept word for this session.
15192 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15193 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15194 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15195 `?': Show these commands.
15196 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15197 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15198 the aborted check to be completed later.
15199 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15200 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15201 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15202 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15203 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15204 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15205 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15207 \(fn)" nil nil)
15209 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15210 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15211 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15213 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15215 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15216 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15217 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15218 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15220 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15222 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15224 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15225 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15226 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15227 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15229 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15231 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15232 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15234 \(fn)" t nil)
15236 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15237 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15239 \(fn)" t nil)
15241 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15242 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15244 \(fn)" t nil)
15246 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15247 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15248 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15249 sequence inside of a word.
15251 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15253 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15255 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15256 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15258 \(fn)" t nil)
15260 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15261 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15262 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15263 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15265 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15266 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15267 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15268 available on the net.
15270 \(fn)" t nil)
15272 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15273 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15274 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15275 otherwise turn it off.
15277 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15278 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15280 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15281 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15285 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15286 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15287 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15288 Don't check included messages.
15290 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15291 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15292 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15294 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15295 in your .emacs file:
15296 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15297 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15298 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15299 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15301 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15302 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15303 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15307 ;;;***
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19169
15310 ;;;;;; 37271))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15313 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15314 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15315 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15318 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15320 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15322 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15323 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15324 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15325 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15326 `iswitchb' for details.
15328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15330 ;;;***
15332 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15333 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15334 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15335 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19181 18356))
15336 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15338 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15339 Not documented
15341 \(fn)" nil nil)
15343 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15344 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15345 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15346 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15347 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15348 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15349 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15350 necessary to represent OBJ.
15352 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15354 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15355 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15359 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15361 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15362 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15365 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15367 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15369 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15370 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15371 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15372 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15374 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15376 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15377 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15378 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15379 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15381 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15383 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15384 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15388 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15389 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15390 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15391 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15392 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15394 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15396 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15397 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15398 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15399 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15400 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15402 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15404 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15405 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15406 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15408 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15410 ;;;***
15412 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15413 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18785 51161))
15414 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15416 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15417 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15418 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15419 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15421 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15422 Not documented
15424 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15426 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15427 Uninstall jka-compr.
15428 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15429 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15430 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15432 \(fn)" nil nil)
15434 ;;;***
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19144 23281))
15437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15439 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15440 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15442 Key bindings:
15444 \\{js-mode-map}
15446 \(fn)" t nil)
15448 ;;;***
15450 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15451 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15452 ;;;;;; (18785 51201))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15455 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15456 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15458 decimal key must be specified.")
15460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15462 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15463 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15464 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15465 decimal key must be specified.")
15467 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15469 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15470 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15472 decimal key must be specified.")
15474 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15476 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15477 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15479 decimal key must be specified.")
15481 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15483 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15484 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15485 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15486 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15487 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15488 keys are bound.
15490 Setup Binding
15491 -------------------------------------------------------------
15492 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15493 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15494 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15495 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15496 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15497 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15498 in the global and local keymaps.
15500 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15501 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15503 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15505 ;;;***
15507 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15508 ;;;;;; (18785 51221))
15509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15511 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15512 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15513 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15515 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15516 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15517 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15518 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15519 shorter.
15521 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15522 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15523 the context of text formatting.
15525 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15527 ;;;***
15529 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18785
15530 ;;;;;; 51221))
15531 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15533 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15534 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15535 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15536 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15537 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15538 positions that contains the current selection.")
15540 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15541 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15542 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15543 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15544 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15545 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15546 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15550 ;;;***
15552 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15553 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15554 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15555 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18802 59720))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15557 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15558 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15559 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15560 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15561 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15562 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15563 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15565 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15566 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15568 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15570 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15571 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15572 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15573 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15574 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15576 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15578 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15579 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15580 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15582 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15583 defining the macro.
15585 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15586 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15587 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15589 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15590 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15594 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15595 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15596 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15597 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15598 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15599 under that name.
15601 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15602 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15603 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15607 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15608 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15609 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15611 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15612 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15613 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15614 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15616 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15617 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15619 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15621 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15622 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15623 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15625 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15626 macro.
15628 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15629 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15631 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15632 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15633 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15635 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15636 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15640 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15641 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15642 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15643 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15645 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15647 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15648 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15649 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15650 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15652 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15653 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15655 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15657 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15658 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15659 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15661 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15663 ;;;***
15665 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15666 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19023 2336))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15669 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15670 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15671 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15673 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15674 Not documented
15676 \(fn)" nil nil)
15678 ;;;***
15680 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15681 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
15682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15684 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15686 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15687 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15689 \(fn)" t nil)
15691 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15693 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15694 Start or resume an Lm game.
15695 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15696 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15698 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15699 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15700 none / 1 | yes | no
15701 2 | yes | yes
15702 3 | no | yes
15703 4 | no | no
15705 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15706 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15707 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15709 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15711 ;;;***
15713 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15714 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15715 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18785 51224))
15716 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15718 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15719 Not documented
15721 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15723 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15724 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15725 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15726 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15727 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15728 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15730 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15731 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15733 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15735 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15736 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15738 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15740 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15741 Not documented
15743 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15745 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15746 Not documented
15748 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15750 ;;;***
15752 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15753 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15754 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19190 32920))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15757 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15758 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15759 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15760 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15762 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15764 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15765 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15766 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15768 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15770 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15771 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15772 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15774 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15776 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15777 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15778 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15779 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15781 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15783 ;;;***
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15786 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18785 51221))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15789 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15790 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15791 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15792 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15793 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15794 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15795 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15796 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15798 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15799 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15802 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15804 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15806 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15807 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15808 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15809 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15810 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15811 `latin1-display-setup'.
15813 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15815 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15816 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15817 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15818 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15821 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15823 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15825 ;;;***
15827 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15828 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
15829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15831 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15833 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15835 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15837 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15838 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15840 \(fn)" t nil)
15842 ;;;***
15844 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15845 ;;;;;; (18785 51161))
15846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15848 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15849 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15851 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15852 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15854 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15855 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15857 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15858 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15859 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15860 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15861 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15862 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15863 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15864 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15865 and transmit saved text.
15867 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15868 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15869 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15873 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15874 Not documented
15876 \(fn)" nil nil)
15878 ;;;***
15880 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18785 51238))
15881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15883 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15884 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15885 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15886 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15887 generations (this defaults to 1).
15889 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15891 ;;;***
15893 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15894 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19133 53179))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15897 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15898 Format used to display line numbers.
15899 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15900 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15901 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15902 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15904 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15906 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15907 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15911 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15912 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15913 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15915 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15916 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15918 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15920 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15921 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15922 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15923 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
15924 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15928 ;;;***
15930 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18785
15931 ;;;;;; 51161))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15934 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15935 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15936 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15937 is nil, raise an error.
15939 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15940 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15941 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15942 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15943 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15944 defined by the library.
15946 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15947 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15948 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15949 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15950 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15951 proceeds.
15953 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15954 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15955 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15956 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15958 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15960 ;;;***
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15963 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19123 40236))
15964 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15966 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15967 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15968 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15970 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15972 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15973 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15974 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15975 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15977 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15978 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15979 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15980 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15981 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15982 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15983 the version.)
15985 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15986 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15988 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15989 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15991 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15993 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15996 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15997 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15998 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15999 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16000 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16001 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16002 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16003 to constrain a big search.
16005 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16007 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16008 except that FILTER is not optional.
16010 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16012 ;;;***
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19144 23265))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16017 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16018 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16019 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16020 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16021 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16022 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16023 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16024 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16026 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16027 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16028 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16029 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16030 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16032 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16033 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16034 uses the current buffer.
16036 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16038 ;;;***
16040 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19152
16041 ;;;;;; 17310))
16042 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16044 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16045 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16047 \(fn)" t nil)
16049 ;;;***
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18785
16052 ;;;;;; 51161))
16053 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16055 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16056 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16057 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16058 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16059 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16061 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16062 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16063 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16065 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16066 are indicated with a symbol.
16068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16070 ;;;***
16072 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16073 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19095
16074 ;;;;;; 42943))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16077 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16079 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16081 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16082 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16083 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16085 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16086 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16088 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16089 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16090 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16091 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16092 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16093 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16094 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16096 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16098 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16099 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16100 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16101 switch on this list.
16102 See `lpr-command'.")
16104 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16106 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16107 Name of program for printing a file.
16109 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16110 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16111 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16112 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16113 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16114 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16115 argument.")
16117 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16119 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16120 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16121 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16122 for customization of the printer command.
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16126 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16127 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16129 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16130 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16131 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16132 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16134 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16135 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16137 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16138 for further customization of the printer command.
16140 \(fn)" t nil)
16142 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16143 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16144 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16145 for customization of the printer command.
16147 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16150 Paginate and print the region contents.
16152 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16153 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16154 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16155 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16157 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16158 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16160 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16161 for further customization of the printer command.
16163 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16165 ;;;***
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16168 ;;;;;; (19095 42943))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16171 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16172 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16173 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16175 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16177 ;;;***
16179 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19095
16180 ;;;;;; 42945))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16183 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16184 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16185 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16186 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16190 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16192 ;;;***
16194 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18785
16195 ;;;;;; 51241))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16198 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16199 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16200 \\{m4-mode-map}
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16204 ;;;***
16206 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16207 ;;;;;; (18785 51197))
16208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16210 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16211 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16212 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16213 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16214 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16216 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16218 ;;;***
16220 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16221 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18785 51162))
16222 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16224 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16225 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16226 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16227 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16228 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16230 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16232 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16233 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16234 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16235 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16237 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16238 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16239 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16240 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16241 bindings.
16243 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16244 use this command, and then save the file.
16246 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16248 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16249 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16250 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16251 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16252 each time the macro executes.
16253 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16254 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16255 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16256 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16257 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16258 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16259 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16261 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16263 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16264 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16265 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16266 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16268 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16269 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16270 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16271 execute.
16273 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16274 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16276 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16277 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16278 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16279 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16280 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16282 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16283 looked like this:
16285 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16286 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16287 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16289 You could enter the names in this format:
16295 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16297 \\C-x (
16298 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16299 \\C-x )
16301 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16302 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16304 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16305 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16307 ;;;***
16309 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16310 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18785 51225))
16311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16313 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16314 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16315 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16316 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16317 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16318 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16320 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16321 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16322 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16323 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16324 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16326 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16327 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16328 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16329 consing a string.)
16331 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16333 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16334 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16336 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16338 ;;;***
16340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16341 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16342 ;;;;;; (18785 51225))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16345 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16346 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16350 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16351 Not documented
16353 \(fn)" nil nil)
16355 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16356 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16358 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16360 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16361 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16362 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16363 message.
16365 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16367 \(fn)" nil nil)
16369 ;;;***
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16372 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16373 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16374 ;;;;;; (18849 6490))
16375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16377 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16378 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16379 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16380 often correct parser.")
16382 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16384 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16385 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16387 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16389 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16390 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16391 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16392 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16394 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16396 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16397 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16398 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16399 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16401 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16403 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16404 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16405 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16406 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16408 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16410 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16411 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16412 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16413 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16414 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16415 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16416 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16417 as Rmail does.
16419 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16421 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16422 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16423 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16424 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16425 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16426 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16427 matches may be returned from the message body.
16429 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16431 ;;;***
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16434 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18872
16435 ;;;;;; 63324))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16438 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16439 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16440 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16443 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16445 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16447 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16448 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16452 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16453 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16455 \(fn)" nil nil)
16457 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16458 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16459 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16461 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16463 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16464 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16465 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16467 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16468 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16469 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16470 double-quotes.
16472 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16474 ;;;***
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16477 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19095
16478 ;;;;;; 42949))
16479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16481 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16482 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16483 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16484 king@grassland.com
16485 If `parens', they look like:
16486 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16487 If `angles', they look like:
16488 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16490 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16492 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16493 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16494 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16495 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16496 their `Resent-' variants.
16498 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16499 removed from alias expansions.
16501 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16503 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16504 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16505 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16507 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16508 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16509 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16510 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16512 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16514 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16515 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16516 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16517 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16521 ;;;***
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16524 ;;;;;; (19050 50267))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16527 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16528 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16529 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16530 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16532 \(fn)" nil nil)
16534 ;;;***
16536 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16537 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16538 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19106 2693))
16539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16541 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16542 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16544 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16545 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16546 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16547 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16548 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16549 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16551 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16552 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16553 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16554 dependency, despite the colon.
16556 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16558 In the browser, use the following keys:
16560 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16562 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16564 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16565 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16567 `makefile-target-colon':
16568 The string that gets appended to all target names
16569 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16570 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16572 `makefile-macro-assign':
16573 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16574 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16575 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16576 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16577 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16578 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16580 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16581 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16582 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16584 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16585 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16587 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16588 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16589 up or down in the browser.
16591 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16592 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16594 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16595 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16597 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16598 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16599 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16600 has been selected in the browser.
16602 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16603 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16604 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16605 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16606 filenames are omitted.
16608 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16609 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16610 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16611 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16612 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16613 the backslash itself intact.
16614 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16615 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16617 `makefile-browser-hook':
16618 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16619 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16621 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16622 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16623 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16624 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16626 \(fn)" t nil)
16628 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16631 \(fn)" t nil)
16633 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16634 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16636 \(fn)" t nil)
16638 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16639 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16641 \(fn)" t nil)
16643 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16644 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16646 \(fn)" t nil)
16648 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16649 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16651 \(fn)" t nil)
16653 ;;;***
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18785
16656 ;;;;;; 51162))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16659 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16660 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16661 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16663 \(fn)" t nil)
16665 ;;;***
16667 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19106 2680))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16670 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16672 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16673 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16674 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16675 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16676 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16677 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16678 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16680 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16681 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16682 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16683 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16685 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16687 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16688 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16690 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16692 ;;;***
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18785 51162))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16697 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16698 Toggle Master mode.
16699 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16700 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16701 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16703 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16704 following commands:
16706 \\{master-mode-map}
16708 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16709 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16710 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16714 ;;;***
16716 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16717 ;;;;;; (18785 51162))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16720 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16721 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16722 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16725 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16727 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16729 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16730 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16731 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16732 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16733 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16735 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16736 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16740 ;;;***
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (19190 32913))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16745 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
16747 ;;;***
16749 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16750 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16751 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16752 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16753 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16754 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16755 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19133 53182))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16758 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16760 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16761 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16762 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16763 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16764 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16765 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16766 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16767 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16768 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16769 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16770 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16771 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16772 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16773 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16774 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16775 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16776 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16777 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16778 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16779 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16780 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16781 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16782 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16783 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16784 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16785 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16786 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16787 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16788 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16789 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16790 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16791 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16792 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16793 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16794 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16795 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16796 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16797 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16799 \(fn)" t nil)
16801 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16802 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16803 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16804 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16805 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16807 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16809 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16810 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16812 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16814 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16815 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16817 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16819 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16820 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16822 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16824 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16825 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16826 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16828 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16830 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16831 Cancel an article you posted.
16832 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16836 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16837 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16838 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16839 header line with the old Message-ID.
16841 \(fn)" t nil)
16843 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16844 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16846 \(fn)" t nil)
16848 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16849 Forward the current message via mail.
16850 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16851 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16853 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16855 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16856 Not documented
16858 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16860 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16861 Not documented
16863 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16865 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16866 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16868 \(fn)" t nil)
16870 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16871 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16873 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16875 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16876 Re-mail the current message.
16877 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16878 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16879 you.
16881 \(fn)" t nil)
16883 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16884 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16886 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16888 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16889 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16891 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16893 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16894 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16896 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16898 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16899 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16901 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16903 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16904 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16905 Works by overstriking characters.
16906 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16907 which specify the range to operate on.
16909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16911 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16912 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16913 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16914 which specify the range to operate on.
16916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16918 ;;;***
16920 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16921 ;;;;;; (18785 51241))
16922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16924 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16925 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16926 Special commands:
16927 \\{meta-mode-map}
16929 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16930 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16932 \(fn)" t nil)
16934 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16935 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16936 Special commands:
16937 \\{meta-mode-map}
16939 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16940 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16942 \(fn)" t nil)
16944 ;;;***
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16947 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16948 ;;;;;; (18830 47926))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16951 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16952 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16953 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16955 \(fn)" t nil)
16957 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16958 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16959 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16960 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16961 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16962 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16963 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16965 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16967 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16968 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16969 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16970 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16971 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16972 means current).
16973 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16974 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16976 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16978 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16979 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16980 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16981 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16982 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16983 means current).
16984 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16985 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16987 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16989 ;;;***
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16992 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16993 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19190 32921))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16996 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16997 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16998 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17000 \(fn)" t nil)
17002 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17003 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17004 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17006 \(fn)" t nil)
17008 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17009 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17011 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17012 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17013 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17015 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17016 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17018 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17019 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17021 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17023 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17025 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17026 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17027 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17028 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17029 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17030 as `compose-mail'.
17032 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17033 initial Subject field, respectively.
17035 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17036 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17037 are strings.
17039 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17040 ignored.
17042 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17044 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17045 Save draft and send message.
17047 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17048 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17049 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17050 Mail Delivery*\".
17052 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17053 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17054 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17056 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17057 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17058 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17059 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17060 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17061 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17063 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17064 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17066 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17067 message and scan line.
17069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17071 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17072 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17074 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17075 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17076 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17077 delete the draft message.
17079 \(fn)" t nil)
17081 ;;;***
17083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19190 32921))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17086 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17088 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17090 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17092 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17093 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17095 \(fn)" t nil)
17097 ;;;***
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17100 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19190 32921))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17103 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17104 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17108 the MH mail system.
17110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17112 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17113 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17114 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17116 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17117 the MH mail system.
17119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17122 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17124 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17125 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17126 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17127 separate command.
17129 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17130 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17131 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17132 format.
17134 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17136 Ranges
17137 ======
17138 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17139 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17140 can be used in several ways.
17142 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17143 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17144 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17145 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17146 page):
17148 <num1>-<num2>
17149 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17150 The range must be nonempty.
17152 <num>:N
17153 <num>:+N
17154 <num>:-N
17155 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17156 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17157 last.
17159 first:N
17160 prev:N
17161 next:N
17162 last:N
17163 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17166 All of the messages.
17168 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17169 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17171 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17172 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17173 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17175 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17177 \(fn)" t nil)
17179 ;;;***
17181 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17182 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18876 49433))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17185 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17186 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17187 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17188 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17189 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17190 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17191 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17192 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17193 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17194 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17195 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17197 \(fn)" t nil)
17199 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17200 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17201 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17202 to its second argument TM.
17204 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17206 ;;;***
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17209 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18785 51162))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17212 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17213 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17214 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17217 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17219 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17221 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17222 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17223 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17224 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17225 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17226 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17227 default indication.
17229 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17230 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17234 ;;;***
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19152 17310))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17239 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17240 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17241 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17242 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17243 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17244 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17245 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17246 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17247 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17249 \(fn)" t nil)
17251 ;;;***
17253 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17254 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17255 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19169 37271))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17257 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17259 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17260 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17262 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17263 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17264 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17265 next occurrence.
17267 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17268 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17269 end of the search space).
17271 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17272 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17273 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17274 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17275 should return the previous buffer to search.
17277 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17278 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17279 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17281 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17282 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17283 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17284 Isearch starts.")
17286 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17287 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17288 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17290 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17291 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17292 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17294 \(fn)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17299 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17301 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17302 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17304 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17307 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17309 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17311 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17312 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17314 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
17316 ;;;***
17318 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17319 ;;;;;; (19095 42953))
17320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17322 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17323 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17324 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17326 \(fn)" t nil)
17328 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17330 ;;;***
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17333 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18785 51216))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17336 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17337 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17339 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17341 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17342 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17343 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17344 the entire message.
17345 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17347 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17349 ;;;***
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17352 ;;;;;; (18785 51216))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17355 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17356 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17357 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17358 the entire message.
17359 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17361 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17363 ;;;***
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17366 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18802 59723))
17367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17369 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17370 Insert file contents of URL.
17371 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17376 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17380 ;;;***
17382 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18785 51216))
17384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17386 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17387 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17388 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17389 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17390 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17392 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17394 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17395 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17396 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17398 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17400 ;;;***
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17403 ;;;;;; (19144 23273))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17406 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17407 Not documented
17409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17411 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17412 Not documented
17414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17416 ;;;***
17418 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17419 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17420 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19144 23273))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17423 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17424 Not documented
17426 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17429 Not documented
17431 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17433 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17434 Not documented
17436 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17438 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17439 Not documented
17441 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17443 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17444 Not documented
17446 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17448 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17449 Not documented
17451 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17453 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17454 Not documented
17456 \(fn)" nil nil)
17458 ;;;***
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17461 ;;;;;; (18432 28072))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17464 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17465 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17466 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17467 followed by the first character of the construct.
17468 \\<m2-mode-map>
17469 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17470 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17471 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17472 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17473 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17474 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17475 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17476 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17477 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17478 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17479 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17480 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17481 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17482 \\[m2-link] link
17484 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17485 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17486 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17488 \(fn)" t nil)
17490 ;;;***
17492 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17493 ;;;;;; (18785 51238))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17496 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17497 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17499 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17501 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17502 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17506 ;;;***
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17509 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18785 51163))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17512 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17513 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17515 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17516 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17517 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17519 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17520 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17521 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17523 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17524 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17526 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17527 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17528 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17529 hemisphere you're in.)
17531 To test this function, evaluate:
17532 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17534 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17536 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17537 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17539 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17540 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17542 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17543 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17544 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17546 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17547 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17549 To test this function, evaluate:
17550 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17552 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17554 ;;;***
17556 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18785
17557 ;;;;;; 51163))
17558 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17560 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17561 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17562 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17564 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17565 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17567 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17569 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17570 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17571 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17572 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17574 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17576 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17578 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17580 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17581 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17582 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17583 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17584 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17585 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17587 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17588 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17589 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17590 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17591 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17593 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17594 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17596 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17597 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17599 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17601 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17602 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17603 primary selection and region.
17605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17607 ;;;***
17609 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19190 32924))
17610 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17612 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17613 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17615 \(fn)" t nil)
17617 ;;;***
17619 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18785 51163))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17622 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17623 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17624 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17627 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17629 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17631 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17632 Toggle Msb mode.
17633 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17634 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17635 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17639 ;;;***
17641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-cmds" "international/mule-cmds.el" (19181
17642 ;;;;;; 18356))
17643 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-cmds.el
17645 (put 'input-method-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17647 ;;;***
17649 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17650 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17651 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17652 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17653 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17654 ;;;;;; (19181 18356))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17657 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17658 Display a list of all character sets.
17660 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17661 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17662 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17663 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17664 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17666 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17667 but still shows the full information.
17669 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17671 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17672 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17673 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17675 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17676 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17677 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17678 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17679 meanings of these arguments.
17681 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17683 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17684 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17686 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17688 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17689 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17691 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17693 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17694 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17696 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17698 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17699 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17701 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17702 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17703 in place of `..':
17704 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17705 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17706 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17707 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17708 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17709 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17710 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17711 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17712 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17713 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17714 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17715 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17716 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17717 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17718 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17719 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17721 \(fn)" t nil)
17723 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17724 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17726 \(fn)" t nil)
17728 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17729 Display a list of all coding systems.
17730 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17732 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17733 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17737 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17738 Display a list of all coding categories.
17740 \(fn)" nil nil)
17742 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17743 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17744 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17746 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17748 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17749 Display information about FONTSET.
17750 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17752 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17755 Display a list of all fontsets.
17756 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17757 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17758 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17762 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17763 Display information about all input methods.
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17768 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17770 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17771 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17772 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17773 system which uses fontsets).
17775 \(fn)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17778 Show log of font listing and opening.
17779 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17780 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17782 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17784 ;;;***
17786 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17787 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17788 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17789 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17790 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17791 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18785 51222))
17792 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17794 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17795 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17796 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17798 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17800 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17802 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17803 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17805 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17806 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17808 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17809 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17811 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17813 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17814 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17815 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17816 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17817 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17818 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17819 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17821 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17822 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17823 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17824 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17825 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17826 middle of a character in STR.
17828 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17829 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17831 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17832 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17833 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17834 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17835 defaults to \"...\".
17837 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17839 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17840 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17842 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17843 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17844 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17846 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17847 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17848 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17850 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17851 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17852 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17853 are considered.
17854 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17855 longer than KEYSEQ.
17856 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17858 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17860 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17861 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17862 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17863 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17864 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17865 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17866 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17867 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17868 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17869 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17870 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17872 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17874 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17875 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17877 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17879 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17880 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17884 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17885 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17887 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17889 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17890 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17892 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17894 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17895 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17896 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17897 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17898 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17900 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17902 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17903 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17904 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17905 coding systems ordered by priority.
17907 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17909 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17910 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17911 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17912 language environment LANG-ENV.
17914 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17916 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17917 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17918 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17919 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17920 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17921 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17923 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17925 ;;;***
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17930 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19133
17931 ;;;;;; 53183))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17934 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17935 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17937 \(fn)" t nil)
17939 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17940 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17942 \(fn)" t nil)
17944 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17945 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17947 \(fn)" t nil)
17949 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17950 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17952 \(fn)" t nil)
17954 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17955 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17960 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17962 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17964 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17965 Ping HOST.
17966 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17967 `ping-program-options'.
17969 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17971 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17972 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17974 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17976 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17977 Run nslookup program.
17979 \(fn)" t nil)
17981 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17982 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17986 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17987 Run dig program.
17989 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17991 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17992 Run ftp program.
17994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17996 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17997 Finger USER on HOST.
17999 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18001 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18002 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18003 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18004 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18006 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18008 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18009 Not documented
18011 \(fn)" t nil)
18013 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18014 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18016 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18018 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18019 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18021 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18023 ;;;***
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18026 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18027 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18028 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18029 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18030 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19144 23266))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18033 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18035 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18037 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18039 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18041 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18042 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18043 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18044 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18045 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18046 Major modes should set this variable.")
18048 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18049 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18050 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18051 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18052 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18053 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18055 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18056 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18058 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18059 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18060 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18062 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18063 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18064 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18065 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18066 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18068 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18069 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18070 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18072 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18073 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18074 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18075 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18077 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18078 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18079 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18080 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18081 column indentation or nil.
18082 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18084 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18085 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18086 The function has no args.
18088 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18089 comments always start in column zero.")
18091 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18092 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18093 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18095 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18097 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18098 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18099 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18100 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18102 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18103 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18105 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18107 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18108 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18109 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18110 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18111 customize this variable.
18113 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18114 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18116 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18118 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18119 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18120 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18121 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18122 the variables are properly set.
18124 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18126 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18127 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18129 \(fn)" nil nil)
18131 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18132 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18133 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18135 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18137 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18138 Set the comment column based on point.
18139 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18140 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18141 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18142 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18146 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18147 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18148 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18150 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18152 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18153 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18154 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18155 comment markers.
18157 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18159 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18160 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18161 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18162 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18163 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18165 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18166 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18167 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18169 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18170 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18171 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18172 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18173 changed with `comment-style'.
18175 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18177 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18178 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18179 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18180 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18182 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18184 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18185 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18186 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18187 is passed on to the respective function.
18189 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18191 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18192 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18193 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18194 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18195 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18196 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18197 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18198 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18199 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18200 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18202 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18204 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18205 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18206 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18208 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18210 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18211 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18212 This indents the body of the continued comment
18213 under the previous comment line.
18215 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18216 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18217 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18219 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18220 or comment indentation.
18222 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18223 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18225 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18227 ;;;***
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18230 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19181 18357))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18233 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18234 Check whether newsticker is running.
18235 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18236 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18238 \(fn)" nil nil)
18240 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18241 Start the newsticker.
18242 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18243 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18244 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18245 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18247 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18249 ;;;***
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18252 ;;;;;; (19181 18357))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18255 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18256 Start newsticker plainview.
18258 \(fn)" t nil)
18260 ;;;***
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18263 ;;;;;; (18785 51235))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18266 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18267 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18269 \(fn)" t nil)
18271 ;;;***
18273 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18274 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18785 51235))
18275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18277 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18278 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18279 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18280 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18281 empty.
18283 \(fn)" nil nil)
18285 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18286 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18287 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18288 running already.
18290 \(fn)" t nil)
18292 ;;;***
18294 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18295 ;;;;;; (19181 18357))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18298 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18299 Start newsticker treeview.
18301 \(fn)" t nil)
18303 ;;;***
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (19123 40240))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18309 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18310 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18312 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18314 ;;;***
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18785
18317 ;;;;;; 51217))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18320 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18321 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18322 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18323 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18324 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18325 symbol in the alist.
18327 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18329 ;;;***
18331 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18332 ;;;;;; (18802 59723))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18335 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18336 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18337 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18339 \(fn)" t nil)
18341 ;;;***
18343 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18344 ;;;;;; (18785 51218))
18345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18347 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18348 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18349 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18351 \(fn)" t nil)
18353 ;;;***
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18356 ;;;;;; (18785 51218))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18359 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18360 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18362 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18364 ;;;***
18366 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18367 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18785 51218))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18370 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18371 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18373 \(fn)" t nil)
18375 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18376 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18378 \(fn)" t nil)
18380 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18381 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18383 \(fn)" t nil)
18385 ;;;***
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18388 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18785 51163))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18391 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18392 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18393 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18395 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18397 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18398 Not documented
18400 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18402 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18403 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18404 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18405 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18406 to future sessions.
18408 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18410 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18411 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18412 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18413 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18414 to future sessions.
18416 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18418 ;;;***
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18421 ;;;;;; (18785 51244))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18424 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18425 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18426 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18427 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18428 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18429 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18431 \(fn)" t nil)
18433 ;;;***
18435 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18436 ;;;;;; (18785 51236))
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18439 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18440 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18441 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18442 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18444 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18446 ;;;***
18448 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19172
18449 ;;;;;; 3123))
18450 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18452 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18453 Major mode for editing XML.
18455 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18456 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18457 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18458 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18459 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18460 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18461 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18463 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18465 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18466 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18468 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18469 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18470 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18471 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18472 instead of C-c.
18474 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18475 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18476 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18477 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18478 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18479 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18481 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18482 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18483 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18485 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18486 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18487 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18489 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18490 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18491 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18492 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18493 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18494 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18495 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18496 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18497 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18499 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18501 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18502 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18504 \(fn)" t nil)
18506 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18508 ;;;***
18510 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18511 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18785 51236))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18514 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18515 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18516 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18517 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18519 \(fn)" t nil)
18521 ;;;***
18523 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (19181 18360))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18527 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18528 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18529 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18531 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18533 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18534 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18536 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18537 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18538 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18542 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18544 ;;;***
18546 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18547 ;;;;;; (19170 52759))
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18550 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18551 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18553 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18554 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18555 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
18556 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18558 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18559 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18560 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18561 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18562 is why you need this mode!).
18564 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18565 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18566 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18568 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18570 Keybindings
18571 ===========
18573 \\{octave-mode-map}
18575 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18576 ==============================================
18578 `octave-auto-indent'
18579 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18580 Default is nil.
18582 `octave-auto-newline'
18583 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18584 Default is nil.
18586 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18587 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18588 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18590 `octave-block-offset'
18591 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18592 Default is 2.
18594 `octave-continuation-offset'
18595 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18596 Default is 4.
18598 `octave-continuation-string'
18599 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18600 Default is a backslash.
18602 `octave-send-echo-input'
18603 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18604 command to the inferior Octave process.
18606 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18607 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18608 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18610 `octave-send-echo-input'
18611 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18613 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18615 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18616 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18620 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18621 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18623 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18624 (lambda ()
18625 (abbrev-mode 1)
18626 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18628 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18629 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18630 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18631 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18633 \(fn)" t nil)
18635 ;;;***
18637 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18638 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18639 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18640 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18641 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18642 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19190 32924))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18645 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18646 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18647 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18649 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18650 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18651 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18652 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18653 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18654 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18655 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18656 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18657 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18658 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18660 The following commands are available:
18662 \\{org-mode-map}
18664 \(fn)" t nil)
18666 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18668 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18669 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18670 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18671 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18675 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18676 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18677 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18678 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18679 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18680 of Org-mode).
18682 M-up Move entry/item up
18683 M-down Move entry/item down
18684 M-left Promote
18685 M-right Demote
18686 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18687 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18688 M-S-left Promote subtree
18689 M-S-right Demote subtree
18690 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18691 C-c ^ Sort entries
18692 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18693 TAB Cycle item visibility
18694 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18695 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18696 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18700 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18701 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18703 \(fn)" nil nil)
18705 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18706 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18708 \(fn)" nil nil)
18710 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18711 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18712 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18713 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18714 call CMD.
18716 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18718 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18719 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18720 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18721 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18723 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18724 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18725 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18727 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18729 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18730 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18731 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18736 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18737 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18738 Org-mode syntax.
18740 \(fn)" t nil)
18742 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18743 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18745 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18747 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18748 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18750 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18751 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18752 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18753 returned as a list.
18755 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18756 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18757 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18758 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18759 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18760 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18761 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18762 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18763 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18764 position.
18766 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18767 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18768 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18769 visited by the iteration.
18771 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18773 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18774 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18775 file The current buffer, without restriction
18776 file-with-archives
18777 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18778 agenda All agenda files
18779 agenda-with-archives
18780 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18781 \(file1 file2 ...)
18782 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18784 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18785 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18787 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18788 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18789 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18790 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18791 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18792 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18793 function leaves it.
18795 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18796 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18797 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18798 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18799 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18800 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18801 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18802 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18804 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18806 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18807 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18808 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18809 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18813 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18815 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18816 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18817 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18818 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18820 \(fn)" t nil)
18822 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18823 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18825 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18827 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18828 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18829 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18831 \(fn)" t nil)
18833 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18834 Not documented
18836 \(fn)" t nil)
18838 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18839 Reload all org lisp files.
18840 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18842 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18844 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18845 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18847 \(fn)" t nil)
18849 ;;;***
18851 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18852 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18853 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18854 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18855 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19144 23277))
18856 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18858 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18859 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18860 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18861 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18863 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18864 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18865 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18866 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18867 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18868 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18869 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18870 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18871 e Export views to associated files.
18872 s Search entries for keywords.
18873 / Multi occur accros all agenda files and also files listed
18874 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18875 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18876 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18877 > Remove a previous restriction.
18878 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18879 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18880 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18882 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18883 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18884 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18886 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18887 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18888 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18889 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18890 \(if active).
18892 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18895 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18896 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18897 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18898 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18899 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18900 before running the agenda command.
18902 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18904 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18905 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18906 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18907 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18908 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18909 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18910 before running the agenda command.
18912 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18913 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18915 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18917 category The category of the item
18918 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18919 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18920 todo selected in TODO match
18921 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18922 diary imported from diary
18923 deadline a deadline on given date
18924 scheduled scheduled on given date
18925 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18926 closed entry was closed on given date
18927 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18928 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18929 block entry has date block including g. date
18930 todo The todo keyword, if any
18931 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18932 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18933 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18934 extra Sting with extra planning info
18935 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18936 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18937 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18939 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18941 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18942 Not documented
18944 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18947 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18949 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18951 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18952 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18953 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18954 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18956 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18957 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18958 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18959 agenda instead.
18961 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18962 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18963 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18965 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18966 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18968 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18970 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18971 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18972 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18973 search only the headlines.
18975 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18976 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18977 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18978 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18979 EDIT-AT.
18981 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18982 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
18983 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
18984 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
18985 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
18987 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18988 that must or must not match in the entry.
18990 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18991 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18992 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18993 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18995 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18996 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18998 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19000 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19001 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19002 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19003 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19004 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19005 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19009 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19010 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19011 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19015 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19016 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19017 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19018 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19019 `org-stuck-projects'.
19020 MATCH is being ignored.
19022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19024 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19025 Return diary information from org-files.
19026 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19027 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19028 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19029 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19031 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19032 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19033 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19035 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19037 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19038 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19039 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19040 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19042 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19043 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19044 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19046 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19047 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19048 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19049 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19051 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19053 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19055 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19056 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19058 &%%(org-diary)
19060 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19061 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19062 So the example above may also be written as
19064 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19066 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19067 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19068 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19070 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19072 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19073 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19075 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19077 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19078 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19079 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19081 \(fn)" t nil)
19083 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19084 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19085 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19086 appointments.
19088 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19089 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19091 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19092 for filtering entries out.
19094 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19095 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19097 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19098 (category \"Work\"))
19100 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19101 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19103 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19105 ;;;***
19107 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19108 ;;;;;; (19144 23278))
19109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19111 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19112 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19113 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19115 \(fn)" t nil)
19117 ;;;***
19119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19120 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19121 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19144 23278))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19124 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19125 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19126 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19130 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19131 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19132 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19133 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19134 command to convert it.
19136 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19138 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19139 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19140 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19141 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19142 cut-and-paste operations.
19143 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19144 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19145 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19146 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19148 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19150 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19151 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19153 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19155 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19156 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19157 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19158 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19159 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19160 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19161 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19162 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19163 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19164 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19165 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19166 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19167 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19168 publishing directory.
19170 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19172 ;;;***
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19144
19175 ;;;;;; 23278))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19178 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19179 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19180 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19182 \(fn)" t nil)
19184 ;;;***
19186 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19187 ;;;;;; (19144 23278))
19188 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19190 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19191 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19193 \(fn)" nil nil)
19195 ;;;***
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19198 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19190 32924))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19201 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19202 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19203 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19204 fontified, and then returned.
19206 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19208 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19209 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19211 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213 ;;;***
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19216 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19217 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19218 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19190 32924))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19221 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19222 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19223 This function can be used in batch processing.
19225 For example:
19227 $ emacs --batch
19228 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19229 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19231 \(fn)" nil nil)
19233 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19234 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19235 No file is created.
19237 \(fn)" t nil)
19239 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19240 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19241 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19242 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19243 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19244 then use this command to convert it.
19246 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19248 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19249 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19250 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19251 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19252 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19253 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19254 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19255 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19256 could call this function in the following way:
19258 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19260 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19261 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19263 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19265 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19266 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19268 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19270 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19271 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19275 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19276 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19277 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19278 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19279 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19280 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19281 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19282 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19283 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19284 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19285 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19286 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19287 publishing directory.
19289 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19291 ;;;***
19293 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19294 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19295 ;;;;;; (19144 23278))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19298 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19299 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19300 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19301 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19302 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19304 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19305 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19306 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19311 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19312 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19313 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19314 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19315 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19316 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19317 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19318 command.
19320 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19322 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19323 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19324 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19325 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19326 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19328 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19329 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19330 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19331 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19333 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19334 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19335 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19337 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19338 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19339 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19340 directory.
19342 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19344 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19345 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19347 \(fn)" t nil)
19349 ;;;***
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19352 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19144
19353 ;;;;;; 23278))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19356 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19357 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19359 \(fn)" t nil)
19361 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19362 Get inbox items from FEED.
19363 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19364 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19366 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19368 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19369 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19371 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19373 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19374 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19376 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19378 ;;;***
19380 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19381 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19144 23278))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19384 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19385 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19386 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19387 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
19388 create a new footnote, interactively.
19389 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19391 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19393 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19394 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19395 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19396 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19397 Org-mode exporters.
19398 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19399 referenced sequence.
19401 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19403 ;;;***
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19406 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19407 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19408 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19144 23278))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19411 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19413 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19415 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19417 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19418 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19419 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19420 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19421 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19425 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19426 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19427 emacs --batch
19428 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19429 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19430 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19432 \(fn)" nil nil)
19434 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19435 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19436 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19438 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19440 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19441 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19442 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19443 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19444 command to convert it.
19446 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19448 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19449 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19450 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19451 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19452 cut-and-paste operations.
19453 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19454 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19455 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19456 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19458 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19460 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19461 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19463 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19465 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19466 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19467 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19468 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19469 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19470 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19471 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19472 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19473 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19474 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19475 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19476 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19477 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19478 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19479 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19481 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19483 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19484 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19485 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19486 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19487 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19488 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19489 need into your CSS file.
19491 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19492 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19493 that uses these same face definitions.
19495 \(fn)" t nil)
19497 ;;;***
19499 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19500 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19501 ;;;;;; (19144 23278))
19502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19504 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19505 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19506 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19507 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19509 \(fn)" t nil)
19511 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19512 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19513 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19514 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19516 \(fn)" t nil)
19518 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19519 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19520 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19522 \(fn)" t nil)
19524 ;;;***
19526 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19527 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19528 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19144 23279))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19531 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19532 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19533 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19534 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19536 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19538 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19539 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19540 Create an ID if necessary.
19542 \(fn)" t nil)
19544 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19545 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19546 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19547 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19548 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19549 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19550 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19552 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19554 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19555 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19556 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19557 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19558 eligible.
19559 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19561 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19563 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19564 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19565 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19566 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19568 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19570 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19571 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19572 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19574 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19576 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19577 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19578 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19579 if there is no entry with that ID.
19580 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19582 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19584 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19585 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19587 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19589 ;;;***
19591 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19592 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
19593 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19595 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19596 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19598 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19599 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19600 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19604 ;;;***
19606 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19607 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
19608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19610 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19611 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19613 \(fn)" nil nil)
19615 ;;;***
19617 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19618 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19619 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19620 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
19621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19623 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19624 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19625 For example:
19627 emacs --batch
19628 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19629 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19630 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19632 \(fn)" nil nil)
19634 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19635 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19636 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19638 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19640 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19641 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19642 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19643 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19644 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19645 then use this command to convert it.
19647 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19649 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19650 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19651 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19652 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19653 cut-and-paste operations.
19654 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19655 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19656 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19657 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19659 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19661 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19662 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19664 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19666 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19667 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19668 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19669 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19670 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19671 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19672 convert them as description lists.
19673 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19674 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19675 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19676 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19677 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19678 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19679 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19680 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19681 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19682 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19683 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19685 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19687 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19688 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19690 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19693 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19695 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19697 ;;;***
19699 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19700 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19190
19701 ;;;;;; 32924))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19704 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19705 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19706 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19707 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19711 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19712 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19713 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19714 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19716 \(fn)" t nil)
19718 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19719 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19721 \(fn)" t nil)
19723 ;;;***
19725 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19726 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19729 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19730 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19731 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19732 line directly before or after the table.
19734 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19736 ;;;***
19738 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19739 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19740 ;;;;;; (19190 32924))
19741 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19743 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19745 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19746 Publish PROJECT.
19748 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19750 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19751 Publish all projects.
19752 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19753 directory and force publishing all files.
19755 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19757 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19758 Publish the current file.
19759 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19761 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19763 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19764 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19765 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19766 the project.
19768 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19770 ;;;***
19772 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19773 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19774 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19144 23279))
19775 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19777 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19778 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19780 \(fn)" nil nil)
19782 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19783 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19784 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19785 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19786 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19788 \(fn)" nil nil)
19790 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19791 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19792 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19793 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19795 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19797 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19798 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19799 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19800 of the remember buffer.
19802 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19803 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19804 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19805 note stored by remember.
19807 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19808 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19810 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19812 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19813 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19814 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19815 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19816 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19818 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19819 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19820 process is used to select the target location.
19822 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19823 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19825 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19826 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19827 currently running.
19829 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19830 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19831 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19833 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19834 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19835 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19836 some additional data.
19838 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19839 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19840 \(i.e. after the stars).
19842 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19844 \(fn)" nil nil)
19846 ;;;***
19848 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19849 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19144 23279))
19850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19852 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19853 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19855 \(fn)" nil nil)
19857 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19858 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19862 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19863 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19864 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19865 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19866 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19868 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19870 ;;;***
19872 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19873 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19874 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19877 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19878 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19879 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19880 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19881 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19882 without user interaction.
19883 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19884 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19885 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19886 the region 0:00:00.
19888 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19890 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19891 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19892 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19893 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19894 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19895 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19896 that was not started at the correct moment.
19898 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19900 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19901 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19903 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19906 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19911 Set a timer.
19913 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19915 ;;;***
19917 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19918 ;;;;;; (19144 23279))
19919 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19921 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19922 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19923 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19927 ;;;***
19929 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19930 ;;;;;; (19095 42943))
19931 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19932 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19934 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19935 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19936 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19937 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19939 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19940 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19941 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19942 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19944 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19945 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19946 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19947 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19948 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19949 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19951 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19952 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19953 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19955 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19956 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19957 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19958 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19959 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19960 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19961 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19962 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19963 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19964 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19965 The subheadings remain visible.
19966 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19968 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19969 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19970 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19972 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19973 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19977 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19978 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19979 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19980 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19983 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19985 ;;;***
19987 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19106 2680))
19988 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19990 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19991 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19992 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19995 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19997 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
19999 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20000 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20001 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20002 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20004 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20005 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20009 ;;;***
20011 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20012 ;;;;;; (19095 42945))
20013 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20014 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20016 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20017 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20018 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20019 unknown are returned as nil.
20021 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20023 ;;;***
20025 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19087
20026 ;;;;;; 44047))
20027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20029 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20030 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20031 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20033 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20034 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20036 Other useful functions are:
20038 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20039 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20040 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20041 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20042 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20043 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20044 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20045 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20046 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20048 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20050 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20051 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20052 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20053 Indentation for case statements.
20054 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20055 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20056 mark after an end.
20057 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20058 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20059 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20060 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20061 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20062 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20063 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20064 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20065 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20066 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20068 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20069 pascal-separator-keywords.
20071 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20072 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20074 \(fn)" t nil)
20076 ;;;***
20078 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20079 ;;;;;; (18785 51201))
20080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20082 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20083 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20084 The keys affected are:
20085 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20086 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20087 M-Backspace does undo.
20088 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20089 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20090 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20092 \(fn)" t nil)
20094 ;;;***
20096 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20097 ;;;;;; (19123 40239))
20098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20100 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20101 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20102 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20105 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20107 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20109 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20110 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20112 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20114 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20115 which modify the status of the mark.
20117 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20118 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20120 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20121 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20123 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20124 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20125 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20126 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20127 turning PC Selection mode on.
20129 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20130 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20132 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20133 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20134 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20136 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20137 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20138 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20140 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20141 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20143 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20144 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20145 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20147 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20148 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20149 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20151 F6 other-window
20152 DELETE delete-char
20153 C-DELETE kill-line
20154 M-DELETE kill-word
20155 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20156 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20157 M-BACKSPACE undo
20159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20161 ;;;***
20163 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18785
20164 ;;;;;; 51164))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20167 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20168 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20170 \(fn)" nil nil)
20172 ;;;***
20174 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20175 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19181 18349))
20176 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20178 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20179 Completion for `gzip'.
20181 \(fn)" nil nil)
20183 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20184 Completion for `bzip2'.
20186 \(fn)" nil nil)
20188 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20189 Completion for GNU `make'.
20191 \(fn)" nil nil)
20193 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20194 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20196 \(fn)" nil nil)
20198 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20200 ;;;***
20202 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20203 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19169 37271))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20206 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20207 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20209 \(fn)" nil nil)
20211 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20212 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20214 \(fn)" nil nil)
20216 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20217 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20219 \(fn)" nil nil)
20221 ;;;***
20223 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19181
20224 ;;;;;; 18349))
20225 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20227 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20228 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20230 \(fn)" nil nil)
20232 ;;;***
20234 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20235 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20236 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18785 51164))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20239 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20240 Completion for `cd'.
20242 \(fn)" nil nil)
20244 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20246 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20247 Completion for `rmdir'.
20249 \(fn)" nil nil)
20251 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20252 Completion for `rm'.
20254 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20257 Completion for `xargs'.
20259 \(fn)" nil nil)
20261 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20263 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20264 Completion for `which'.
20266 \(fn)" nil nil)
20268 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20269 Completion for the `chown' command.
20271 \(fn)" nil nil)
20273 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20274 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20276 \(fn)" nil nil)
20278 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20279 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20281 \(fn)" nil nil)
20283 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20284 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20285 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20287 \(fn)" nil nil)
20289 ;;;***
20291 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20292 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20293 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19181
20294 ;;;;;; 18349))
20295 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20297 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20298 Support extensible programmable completion.
20299 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20300 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20302 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20305 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20307 \(fn)" t nil)
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20310 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20311 This will modify the current buffer.
20313 \(fn)" t nil)
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20316 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20318 \(fn)" t nil)
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20321 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20322 This will modify the current buffer.
20324 \(fn)" t nil)
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20327 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20329 \(fn)" t nil)
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20332 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20334 \(fn)" t nil)
20336 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20337 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20338 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20339 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20340 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20342 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20344 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20345 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20347 \(fn)" nil nil)
20349 ;;;***
20351 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20352 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20353 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19133 53179))
20354 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20356 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20357 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20358 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20359 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20361 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20363 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20365 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20366 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20367 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20368 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20369 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20370 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20371 FLAGS is ignored.
20373 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20375 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20376 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20377 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20378 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20379 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20380 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20381 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20382 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20384 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20386 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20387 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20388 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20389 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20390 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20391 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20392 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20393 passed to cvs.
20395 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20397 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20398 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20399 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20400 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20401 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20402 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20403 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20405 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20407 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20408 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20409 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20411 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20413 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20414 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20415 A value of nil means never do it.
20416 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20417 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20418 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20420 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20422 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20423 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20424 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20426 ;;;***
20428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19169 37271))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20431 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20433 ;;;***
20435 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20436 ;;;;;; (18820 8105))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20438 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20439 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20440 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20441 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20442 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20443 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20445 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20446 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20447 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20448 Tab indents for Perl code.
20449 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20450 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20452 \\{perl-mode-map}
20453 Variables controlling indentation style:
20454 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20455 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20456 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20457 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20458 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20459 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20460 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20461 `perl-nochange'
20462 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20463 `perl-indent-level'
20464 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20465 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20466 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20467 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20468 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20469 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20470 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20471 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20472 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20473 `perl-brace-offset'
20474 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20475 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20476 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20477 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20478 `perl-label-offset'
20479 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20480 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20481 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20483 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20484 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20485 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20486 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20487 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20488 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20489 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20491 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20493 \(fn)" t nil)
20495 ;;;***
20497 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20498 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20499 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20500 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19144 23266))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20503 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20504 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20506 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20508 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20509 passphrase cache or user.
20511 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20513 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20514 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20516 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20517 cache or user.
20519 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20522 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20524 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20525 the region.
20527 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20528 passphrase cache or user.
20530 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20533 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20535 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20537 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20538 the region.
20540 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20541 passphrase cache or user.
20543 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20545 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20546 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20548 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20549 passphrase cache or user.
20551 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20553 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20554 Decrypt the current buffer.
20556 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20557 the region.
20559 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20560 passphrase cache or user.
20562 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20564 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20565 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20567 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20568 a detached signature.
20570 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20571 and the output is displayed.
20573 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20574 passphrase cache or user.
20576 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20578 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20579 Sign the current buffer.
20581 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20582 detached signature.
20584 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20585 within the region.
20587 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20588 and the output is displayed.
20590 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20591 passphrase cache or user.
20593 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20595 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20596 Verify the current region between START and END.
20597 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20598 the detached signature of the current region.
20600 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20601 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20603 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20605 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20606 Verify the current buffer.
20607 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20608 the detached signature of the current region.
20609 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20610 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20611 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20612 within the region.
20614 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20616 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20617 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20622 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20626 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20627 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20629 \(fn)" t nil)
20631 ;;;***
20633 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20634 ;;;;;; (19003 26585))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20637 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20638 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20640 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20642 ;;;***
20644 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20645 ;;;;;; (19123 40244))
20646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20648 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20649 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20650 \\<picture-mode-map>
20651 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20652 afterwards settable by these commands:
20654 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20655 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20656 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20657 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20659 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20660 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20661 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20662 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20664 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20665 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20666 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20667 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20669 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20670 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20671 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20672 with these commands:
20674 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20675 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20676 Move to column following last
20677 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20678 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20679 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20680 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20681 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20682 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20684 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20686 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20687 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20688 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20689 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20690 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20691 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20693 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20694 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20695 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20696 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20697 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20698 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20699 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20701 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20702 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20703 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20704 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20705 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20706 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20707 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20708 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20710 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20711 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20712 by supplying an argument.
20714 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20716 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20717 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20719 \(fn)" t nil)
20721 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20723 ;;;***
20725 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20726 ;;;;;; (18785 51244))
20727 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20729 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20730 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20731 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20733 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20735 ;;;***
20737 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19106 2691))
20738 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20740 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20741 Play pong and waste time.
20742 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20743 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20745 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20747 \\{pong-mode-map}
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20751 ;;;***
20753 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20754 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20755 ;;;;;; (19181 18356))
20756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20758 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20759 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20760 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20761 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20763 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20765 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20766 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20768 \(fn)" nil nil)
20770 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20771 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20772 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20773 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20774 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20776 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20778 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20779 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20780 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20782 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20784 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20785 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20787 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20789 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20790 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20791 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20792 Ignores leading comment characters.
20794 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20796 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20797 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20798 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20799 Ignores leading comment characters.
20801 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20803 ;;;***
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20806 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20807 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20808 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20809 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20810 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20811 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20812 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20813 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20814 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20815 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20816 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20817 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20818 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20819 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20820 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20821 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20822 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20823 ;;;;;; (19087 44039))
20824 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20826 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20827 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20829 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20831 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20835 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20836 Preview directory using ghostview.
20838 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20839 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20840 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20841 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20843 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20844 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20845 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20846 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20847 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20848 file name.
20850 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20852 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20854 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20855 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20857 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20858 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20859 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20860 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20862 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20863 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20864 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20865 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20866 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20867 file name.
20869 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20871 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20874 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20876 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20877 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20878 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20879 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20881 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20882 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20883 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20884 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20885 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20886 file name.
20888 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20890 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20892 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20893 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20895 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20897 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20898 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20899 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20900 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20902 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20903 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20904 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20905 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20906 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20907 file name.
20909 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20911 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20913 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20914 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20916 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20917 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20918 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20920 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20921 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20922 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20923 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20925 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20927 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20928 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20930 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20931 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20932 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20934 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20935 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20936 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20937 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20939 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20941 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20942 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20945 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20946 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20948 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20949 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20950 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20951 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20953 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20955 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20956 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20958 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20960 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20961 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20962 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20964 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20965 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20966 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20967 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20969 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20972 Preview region using ghostview.
20974 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20976 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20978 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20979 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20981 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20983 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20985 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20986 Print region using PostScript printer.
20988 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20990 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20993 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20995 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20997 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20999 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21000 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21002 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21007 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21009 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21011 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21014 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21016 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21021 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21023 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21028 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21029 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21030 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21032 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21033 matching.
21035 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21036 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21038 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21040 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21043 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21044 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21045 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21047 \(fn)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21050 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21051 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21052 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21054 \(fn)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21057 Print directory using text printer.
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21060 matching.
21062 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21063 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21065 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21067 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21069 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21070 Print buffer using text printer.
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21075 Print region using text printer.
21077 \(fn)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21080 Print major mode using text printer.
21082 \(fn)" t nil)
21084 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21085 Preview spooled PostScript.
21087 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21088 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21089 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21091 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21092 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21093 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21095 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21097 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21098 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21100 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21101 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21102 instead of sending it to the printer.
21104 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21105 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21106 image in a file with that name.
21108 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21111 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21113 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21114 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21115 instead of sending it to the printer.
21117 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21118 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21119 image in a file with that name.
21121 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21124 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21126 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21127 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21128 instead of sending it to the printer.
21130 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21131 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21132 image in a file with that name.
21134 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21137 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21139 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21141 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21142 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21144 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21146 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21147 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21149 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21152 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21154 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21156 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21157 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21159 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21161 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21162 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21164 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21165 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21166 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21167 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21169 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21170 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21171 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21172 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21173 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21174 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21175 file name.
21177 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21180 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21185 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21187 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21188 right.
21189 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21190 bottom.
21192 \(fn)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21195 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21199 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21200 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21202 \(fn)" t nil)
21204 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21205 Toggle printing with faces.
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21209 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21210 Toggle spooling.
21212 \(fn)" t nil)
21214 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21215 Toggle duplex.
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21220 Toggle tumble.
21222 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21223 right.
21224 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21225 bottom.
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21230 Toggle landscape.
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21235 Toggle upside-down.
21237 \(fn)" t nil)
21239 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21240 Toggle line number.
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21245 Toggle zebra stripes.
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21250 Toggle printing header.
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21255 Toggle printing header frame.
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21260 Toggle menu lock.
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21265 Toggle auto region.
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21270 Toggle auto mode.
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21275 Customization of the `printing' group.
21277 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21280 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21282 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21285 Help for the printing package.
21287 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21289 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21290 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21295 Interactively select a text printer.
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21300 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21305 Show current ps-print settings.
21307 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21310 Show current printing settings.
21312 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21315 Show current lpr settings.
21317 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21320 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21322 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21323 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21324 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21325 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21328 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21330 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21331 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21332 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21334 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21335 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21336 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21337 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21338 current active printer.
21340 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21341 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21342 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21343 printer.
21345 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21346 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21347 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21348 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21349 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21352 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21353 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21355 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21357 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21358 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21359 be done using the new current active printer.
21361 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21362 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21363 printer.
21365 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21366 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21367 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21368 instead of sending it to the printer.
21370 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21371 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21372 printer.
21374 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21377 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21378 are both set to t.
21380 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21382 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21383 Fast fire function for text printing.
21385 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21386 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21387 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21388 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21390 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21391 user for a new active text printer.
21393 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21395 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21397 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21398 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21399 printer.
21401 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21403 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21404 are both set to t.
21406 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21408 ;;;***
21410 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19169 37271))
21411 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21413 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21414 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21415 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21416 information will be displayed but not selected.
21417 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21419 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21423 ;;;***
21425 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21426 ;;;;;; (19095 42953))
21427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21429 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21430 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21431 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21432 Commands:
21433 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21434 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21435 if that value is non-nil.
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21439 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21441 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21442 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21443 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21445 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21447 ;;;***
21449 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18802
21450 ;;;;;; 59720))
21451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21453 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21454 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21455 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21457 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21459 ;;;***
21461 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
21462 ;;;;;; 47927))
21463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21465 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21466 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21468 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21470 The following variables hold user options, and can
21471 be set through the `customize' command:
21473 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21474 `ps-mode-tab'
21475 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21476 `ps-mode-print-function'
21477 `ps-run-prompt'
21478 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21479 `ps-run-x'
21480 `ps-run-dumb'
21481 `ps-run-init'
21482 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21483 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21485 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21488 \\{ps-mode-map}
21491 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21492 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21493 The keymap for this second window is:
21495 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21498 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21499 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21500 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21501 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21502 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21504 \(fn)" t nil)
21506 ;;;***
21508 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21509 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21510 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21511 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21512 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21513 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19181
21514 ;;;;;; 18349))
21515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21517 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21518 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21519 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21521 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21523 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21524 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21525 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21526 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21528 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21530 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21531 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21533 Valid values are:
21535 nil Do not print colors.
21537 t Print colors.
21539 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21540 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21542 Any other value is treated as t.")
21544 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21546 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21547 Customization of ps-print group.
21549 \(fn)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21552 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21554 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21555 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21556 sending it to the printer.
21558 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21559 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21560 image in a file with that name.
21562 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21565 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21566 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21567 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21568 so it has a way to determine color values.
21570 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21572 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21573 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21574 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21576 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21578 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21579 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21580 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21581 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21582 so it has a way to determine color values.
21584 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21586 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21587 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21588 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21589 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21591 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21596 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21597 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21598 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21599 so it has a way to determine color values.
21601 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21603 \(fn)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21606 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21607 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21609 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21611 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21613 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21614 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21615 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21616 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21617 so it has a way to determine color values.
21619 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21624 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21627 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21628 instead of sending it to the printer.
21630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21632 image in a file with that name.
21634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21636 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21637 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21638 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21639 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21640 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21642 \(fn)" t nil)
21644 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21645 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21646 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21648 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21650 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21651 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21652 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21654 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21656 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21657 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21659 \(fn)" nil nil)
21661 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21662 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21664 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21665 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21667 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21668 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21670 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21672 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21674 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21676 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21677 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21679 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21680 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21682 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21683 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21685 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21687 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21689 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21691 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21692 foreground and background colors respectively.
21694 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21695 bold - use bold font.
21696 italic - use italic font.
21697 underline - put a line under text.
21698 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21699 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21700 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21701 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21702 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21704 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21706 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21708 ;;;***
21710 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21711 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19190 32925))
21712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21714 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21716 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21718 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21720 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21721 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21722 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21723 buffer automatically.
21725 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21726 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21727 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21728 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21729 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21730 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21731 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21733 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21734 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21735 buffer for a list of commands.)
21737 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21740 Major mode for editing Python files.
21741 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21742 for correct parsing of the source.
21743 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21744 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21745 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21747 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21748 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21749 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21750 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21751 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21752 \\<python-mode-map>
21753 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21754 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21755 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21756 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21757 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21758 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21760 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21761 effect outside them.
21763 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21764 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21765 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21766 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21767 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21768 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21769 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21770 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21771 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21773 \\{python-mode-map}
21775 \(fn)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21778 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21779 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21780 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21782 \(fn)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21785 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21786 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21787 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21788 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21789 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21791 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21792 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21793 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21794 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21795 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21796 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21797 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21799 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21800 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21801 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21802 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21803 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21805 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21806 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21807 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21808 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21809 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21810 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21811 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21812 mode.
21814 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21815 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21816 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21817 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21818 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21819 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21820 filter.
21822 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21824 ;;;***
21826 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21827 ;;;;;; (19106 2685))
21828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21830 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21831 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21832 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21833 coding-system.
21835 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21836 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21838 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21839 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21840 them into characters should be done separately.
21842 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21844 ;;;***
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21847 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21848 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21849 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21850 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19169 37276))
21851 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21853 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21854 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21856 \(fn)" nil nil)
21858 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21859 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21860 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21862 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21863 `quail-activate', which see.
21865 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21867 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21868 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21869 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21870 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21871 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21872 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21873 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21875 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21876 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21877 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21878 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21879 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21880 shown.
21881 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21883 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21884 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21885 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21886 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21887 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21888 list of candidates.
21890 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21891 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21892 command to be called.
21894 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21895 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21896 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21897 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21899 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21900 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21901 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21902 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21903 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21904 to t.
21906 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21907 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21908 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21909 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21911 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21912 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21913 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21914 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21916 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21917 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21918 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21919 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21920 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21921 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21923 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21924 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21925 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21926 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21927 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21928 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21930 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21931 covers Quail translation region.
21933 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21934 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21935 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21936 for it) is inserted.
21938 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21939 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21940 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21942 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21943 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21944 non-Quail commands.
21946 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21948 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21949 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21951 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21952 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21953 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21954 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21955 you type is correctly handled.
21957 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21959 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21960 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21962 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21963 keyboard type.
21965 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21967 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21968 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21969 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21970 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21971 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21972 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21973 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21974 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21975 for the translation.
21976 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21978 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21979 it is used to handle KEY.
21981 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21982 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21983 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21984 the following annotation types are supported.
21986 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21987 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21989 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21990 candidate list.
21992 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21993 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21994 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21995 inserted.
21997 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21998 generated for the following translations.
22000 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22002 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22003 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22005 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22006 which to install MAP.
22008 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22010 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22012 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22013 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22015 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22016 which to install MAP.
22018 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22020 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22022 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22023 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22024 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22025 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22026 a function, or a cons.
22027 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22028 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22029 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22030 for the translation.
22031 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22032 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22033 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22034 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22035 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22037 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22038 it is used to handle KEY.
22040 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22041 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22042 current Quail package.
22044 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22045 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22047 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22049 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22050 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22052 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22053 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22055 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22057 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22058 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22060 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22062 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22063 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22064 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22065 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22066 of the Emacs source tree.
22068 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22069 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22071 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22072 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22073 of each directory.
22075 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22077 ;;;***
22079 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22080 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22081 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19144
22082 ;;;;;; 23276))
22083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22085 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22086 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22087 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22088 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22090 To make use of this do something like:
22092 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22094 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22096 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22097 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22099 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22100 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22101 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22103 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22105 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22106 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22108 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22110 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22111 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22113 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22114 is decided.
22116 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22118 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22119 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22121 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22122 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22123 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22125 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22127 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22128 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22130 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22132 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22133 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22135 \(fn)" t nil)
22137 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22138 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22140 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22142 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22144 \(fn)" t nil)
22146 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22147 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22149 \(fn)" t nil)
22151 ;;;***
22153 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22154 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19181 18358))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22157 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22158 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22160 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22162 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22166 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22168 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22169 Not documented
22171 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22173 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22174 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22175 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22178 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22180 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22182 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22183 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22187 ;;;***
22189 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18785
22190 ;;;;;; 51236))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22193 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22194 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22195 See \\[compile].
22197 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22199 ;;;***
22201 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22202 ;;;;;; (19181 18356))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22205 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22207 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22208 Construct a regexp interactively.
22210 \(fn)" t nil)
22212 ;;;***
22214 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19144 23266))
22215 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22217 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22218 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22219 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22222 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22224 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22226 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22227 Toggle recentf mode.
22228 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22229 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22231 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22232 that were operated on recently.
22234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22236 ;;;***
22238 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22239 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22240 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22241 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18785
22242 ;;;;;; 51165))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22244 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22245 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22246 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22247 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22248 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22249 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22251 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22252 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22253 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22254 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22256 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22258 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22260 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22261 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22262 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22263 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22264 ends.
22266 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22267 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22268 to be deleted.
22270 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22272 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22273 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22274 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22276 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22277 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22278 deleted.
22280 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22282 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22283 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22284 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22286 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22288 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22289 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22291 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22292 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22294 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22295 deleted.
22297 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22298 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22299 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22300 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22301 even beep.)
22303 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22306 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22308 \(fn)" t nil)
22310 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22311 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22312 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22313 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22314 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22315 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22316 and point is at the lower right corner.
22318 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22320 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22321 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22323 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22324 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22326 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22327 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22328 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22330 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22332 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22334 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22335 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22336 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22337 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22338 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22340 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22341 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22343 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22345 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22347 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22349 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22351 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22353 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22355 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22356 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22358 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22359 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22360 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22362 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22364 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22365 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22366 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22368 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22369 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22370 rectangle which were empty.
22372 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22374 ;;;***
22376 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18785
22377 ;;;;;; 51244))
22378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22380 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22381 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22382 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22384 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22385 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22386 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22390 ;;;***
22392 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22393 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19181 18362))
22394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22396 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22397 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22399 \(fn)" nil nil)
22401 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22402 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22404 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22405 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22407 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22408 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22409 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22410 \\ref macro.
22412 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22413 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22414 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22416 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22417 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22418 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22420 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22421 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22423 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22424 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22426 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22427 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22428 on the menu bar.
22430 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22434 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22435 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22436 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22438 \(fn)" nil nil)
22440 ;;;***
22442 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22443 ;;;;;; (19181 18362))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22446 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22447 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22448 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22449 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22450 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22451 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22453 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22455 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22457 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22458 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22459 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22460 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22461 `reftex-cite-format'.
22463 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22464 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22465 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22466 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22468 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22470 ;;;***
22472 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22473 ;;;;;; (19181 18362))
22474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22476 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22477 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22478 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22479 the current TeX document.
22481 With no argument, this command toggles
22482 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22483 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22487 ;;;***
22489 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22490 ;;;;;; (19181 18362))
22491 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22493 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22494 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22495 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22497 To insert new phrases, use
22498 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22499 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22501 To index phrases use one of:
22503 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22504 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22505 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22506 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22507 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22509 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22510 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22512 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22514 Here are all local bindings.
22516 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22518 \(fn)" t nil)
22520 ;;;***
22522 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22523 ;;;;;; (18785 51244))
22524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22526 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22527 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22528 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22529 of master file.
22531 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22533 ;;;***
22535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18785
22536 ;;;;;; 51244))
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22538 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22539 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22540 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22541 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22543 ;;;***
22545 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22546 ;;;;;; (18785 51198))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22549 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22550 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22551 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22552 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22553 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22554 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22556 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22557 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22559 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22560 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22562 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22564 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22565 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22566 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22567 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22569 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22571 ;;;***
22573 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22574 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22575 ;;;;;; (19087 44049))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22578 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22579 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22580 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22581 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22583 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22585 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22587 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22588 Call `remember' in another frame.
22590 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22592 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22593 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22594 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22595 application.
22597 \(fn)" t nil)
22599 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22600 Extract diary entries from the region.
22602 \(fn)" nil nil)
22604 ;;;***
22606 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18802 59720))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22609 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22610 Repeat most recently executed command.
22611 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22612 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22613 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22615 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22616 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22617 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22618 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22620 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22621 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22622 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22624 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22626 ;;;***
22628 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22629 ;;;;;; (19190 32920))
22630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22632 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22633 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22635 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22636 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22637 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22638 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22639 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22640 and point is left after the salutation.
22642 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22643 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22644 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22645 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22646 left after that text.
22648 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22649 is non-nil.
22651 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22652 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22653 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22654 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22656 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22658 ;;;***
22660 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22661 ;;;;;; (18785 51165))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22664 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22665 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22666 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22667 visibility of comments that precede it.
22668 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22669 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22670 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22671 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22672 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22673 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22674 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22675 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22676 the comment lines.
22677 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22678 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22679 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22680 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22681 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22685 ;;;***
22687 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22688 ;;;;;; (18785 51165))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22691 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22692 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22693 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22695 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22696 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22697 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22701 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22702 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22703 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22706 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22708 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22710 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22711 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22712 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22714 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22715 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22716 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22720 ;;;***
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (18785 51198))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22726 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22727 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22729 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22731 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22732 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22734 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22736 ;;;***
22738 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18785 51236))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22740 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22742 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22743 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22744 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22745 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22747 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22749 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22750 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22751 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22752 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22754 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22755 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22757 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22758 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22760 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22761 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22762 INPUT-ARGS.
22764 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22765 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22766 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22767 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22768 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22770 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22771 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22772 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22773 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22775 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22776 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22777 variable.
22779 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22781 ;;;***
22783 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22784 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22785 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22786 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22787 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22788 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19190
22789 ;;;;;; 32921))
22790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22792 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22793 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22794 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22796 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22798 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22799 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22800 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22801 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22802 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22803 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22804 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22806 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22807 sent by you under different user names.
22808 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22810 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22812 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22814 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22815 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22816 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22817 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22818 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22820 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22821 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22823 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22825 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22826 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22827 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22828 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22829 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22830 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22831 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22833 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22834 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22835 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22836 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22837 which normally happens once for each message,
22838 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22839 To make a change in this variable take effect
22840 for a message that you have already viewed,
22841 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22843 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22845 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22846 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22847 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22848 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22850 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22852 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22853 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22855 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22857 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22858 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22859 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22861 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22863 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22864 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22865 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22866 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22867 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22868 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22870 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22872 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22873 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22875 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22877 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22878 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22880 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22882 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22883 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22885 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22886 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22888 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22890 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22891 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22893 This is set to nil by default.")
22895 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22896 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22897 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22898 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22899 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22900 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22901 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22903 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22904 Read and edit incoming mail.
22905 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22906 file in RMAIL Mode.
22907 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22909 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22910 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22911 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22912 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22914 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22916 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22918 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22919 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22920 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22921 Instead, these commands are available:
22923 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22924 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22925 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22926 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22927 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22928 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22929 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22930 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22931 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22932 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22933 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22934 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22935 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22936 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22937 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22938 till a deleted message is found.
22939 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22940 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22941 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22942 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22943 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22944 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22945 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22946 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22947 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22948 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22949 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22950 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22951 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22952 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22953 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22954 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22955 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22956 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22957 (label defaults to last one specified).
22958 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22959 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22960 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22961 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22962 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22963 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22964 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22965 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22966 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22968 \(fn)" t nil)
22970 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22971 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22973 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22975 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22976 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22978 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22980 ;;;***
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
22983 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19095 42949))
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22985 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22987 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22988 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22989 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22990 case it writes Babyl.
22992 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22993 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22994 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22995 `rmail-default-file'.
22997 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22998 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22999 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23001 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23002 the header display is currently pruned.
23004 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23005 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23006 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23007 messages after output.
23009 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23010 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23011 message (if writing a file directly).
23013 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23014 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23016 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23018 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23019 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23020 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23021 i) the header is output as currently seen
23022 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23023 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23025 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23026 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23027 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23029 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23031 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23032 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23033 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23034 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23035 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23036 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23037 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23039 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23040 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23041 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23043 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23045 ;;;***
23047 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23048 ;;;;;; (19190 32923))
23049 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23051 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23052 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23053 Return a pattern.
23055 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23057 ;;;***
23059 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23060 ;;;;;; (18785 51236))
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23063 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23064 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23065 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23066 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23068 \(fn)" t nil)
23070 ;;;***
23072 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23073 ;;;;;; (18785 51237))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23076 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23077 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23079 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23080 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23081 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23082 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23083 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23084 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23085 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23086 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23087 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23088 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23090 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23091 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23092 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23093 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23094 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23095 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23096 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23097 to use for finding the schema.
23099 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23101 ;;;***
23103 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18785
23104 ;;;;;; 51237))
23105 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23107 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23109 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23110 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23111 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23112 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23113 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23114 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23115 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23116 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23117 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23118 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23119 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23120 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23121 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23122 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23123 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23124 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23125 must be equal.
23127 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23129 ;;;***
23131 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23132 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19106 2686))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23135 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23136 Define a robin package.
23138 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23139 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23140 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23141 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23143 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23144 one replaces the old one.
23146 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23148 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23149 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23151 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23152 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23153 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23155 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23157 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23158 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23160 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23162 ;;;***
23164 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23165 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18785 51166))
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23168 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23169 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23171 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23173 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23174 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23176 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23178 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23179 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23183 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23184 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23185 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23187 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23188 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23189 in ROT13.
23191 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23193 \(fn)" t nil)
23195 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23196 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23198 \(fn)" t nil)
23200 ;;;***
23202 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23203 ;;;;;; (19190 32925))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23207 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23208 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23209 \\<rst-mode-map>
23210 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23211 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23212 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23213 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23214 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23216 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23217 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23218 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23219 font-locking of blocks.
23221 \\{rst-mode-map}
23223 \(fn)" t nil)
23225 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23226 ReST Minor Mode.
23227 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23228 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23229 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23230 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23232 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23233 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23234 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23238 ;;;***
23240 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23241 ;;;;;; (19181 18361))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23244 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23245 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23246 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23247 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23248 nesting into account.
23250 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23252 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23254 \(fn)" t nil)
23256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23258 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23260 ;;;***
23262 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18785
23263 ;;;;;; 51166))
23264 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23266 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23267 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23271 ;;;***
23273 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18785
23274 ;;;;;; 51198))
23275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23277 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23278 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23279 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23280 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23282 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23284 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23285 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23286 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23288 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23289 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23290 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23292 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23293 notation.
23295 STRING
23296 matches string STRING literally.
23298 CHAR
23299 matches character CHAR literally.
23301 `not-newline', `nonl'
23302 matches any character except a newline.
23304 `anything'
23305 matches any character
23307 `(any SET ...)'
23308 `(in SET ...)'
23309 `(char SET ...)'
23310 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23311 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23312 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23314 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23315 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23316 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23317 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23319 `(not (any SET ...))'
23320 matches any character not in SET ...
23322 `line-start', `bol'
23323 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23324 in the text being matched
23326 `line-end', `eol'
23327 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23329 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23330 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23331 string being matched against.
23333 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23334 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23335 string being matched against.
23337 `buffer-start'
23338 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23339 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23341 `buffer-end'
23342 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23343 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23345 `point'
23346 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23348 `word-start', `bow'
23349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23351 `word-end', `eow'
23352 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23354 `word-boundary'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23356 word.
23358 `(not word-boundary)'
23359 `not-word-boundary'
23360 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23361 word.
23363 `symbol-start'
23364 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23366 `symbol-end'
23367 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23369 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23370 matches 0 through 9.
23372 `control', `cntrl'
23373 matches ASCII control characters.
23375 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23376 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23378 `blank'
23379 matches space and tab only.
23381 `graphic', `graph'
23382 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23383 space, and DEL.
23385 `printing', `print'
23386 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23387 and DEL.
23389 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23390 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23391 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23393 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23394 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23395 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23397 `ascii'
23398 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23400 `nonascii'
23401 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23403 `lower', `lower-case'
23404 matches anything lower-case.
23406 `upper', `upper-case'
23407 matches anything upper-case.
23409 `punctuation', `punct'
23410 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23411 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23413 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23414 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23416 `word', `wordchar'
23417 matches anything that has word syntax.
23419 `not-wordchar'
23420 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23422 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23423 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23424 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23425 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23427 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23428 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23429 `word' (\\sw)
23430 `symbol' (\\s_)
23431 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23432 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23433 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23434 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23435 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23436 `escape' (\\s\\)
23437 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23438 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23439 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23440 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23441 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23443 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23444 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23446 `(category CATEGORY)'
23447 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23448 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23450 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23451 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23452 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23453 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23454 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23455 `symbol' (\\c5)
23456 `digit' (\\c6)
23457 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23458 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23459 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23460 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23461 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23462 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23463 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23464 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23465 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23466 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23467 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23468 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23469 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23470 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23471 `ascii' (\\ca)
23472 `arabic' (\\cb)
23473 `chinese' (\\cc)
23474 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23475 `greek' (\\cg)
23476 `korean' (\\ch)
23477 `indian' (\\ci)
23478 `japanese' (\\cj)
23479 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23480 `latin' (\\cl)
23481 `lao' (\\co)
23482 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23483 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23484 `thai' (\\ct)
23485 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23486 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23487 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23488 `can-break' (\\c|)
23490 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23491 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23493 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23494 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23495 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23496 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23497 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23499 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23501 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23502 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23504 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23505 another name for `submatch'.
23507 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23508 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23509 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23510 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23511 regular expression.
23513 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23514 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23515 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23516 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23517 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23519 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23520 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23522 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23523 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23525 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23526 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23527 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23529 `(* SEXP ...)'
23530 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23531 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23533 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23534 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23535 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23537 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23538 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23539 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23541 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23542 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23544 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23545 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23547 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23548 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23549 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23550 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23552 `(? SEXP ...)'
23553 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23555 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23556 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23558 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23559 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23560 matches N occurrences.
23562 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23563 matches N or more occurrences.
23565 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23566 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23567 matches N to M occurrences.
23569 `(backref N)'
23570 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23572 `(eval FORM)'
23573 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23574 `regexp-quote' it.
23576 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23577 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23579 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23581 ;;;***
23583 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23584 ;;;;;; (19144 23266))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23587 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23588 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23589 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23590 interface.")
23592 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23594 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23595 Toggle savehist-mode.
23596 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23597 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23598 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23599 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23601 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23602 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23603 which is probably undesirable.
23605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23607 ;;;***
23609 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23610 ;;;;;; (18785 51241))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23613 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23614 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23615 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23617 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23618 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23619 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23620 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23621 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23622 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23623 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23624 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23626 Commands:
23627 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23628 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23629 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23630 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23631 if that value is non-nil.
23633 \(fn)" t nil)
23635 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23636 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23637 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23639 Commands:
23640 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23641 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23642 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23643 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23644 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23645 that variable's value is a string.
23647 \(fn)" t nil)
23649 ;;;***
23651 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23652 ;;;;;; (18785 51219))
23653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23655 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23656 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23657 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23659 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23661 \(fn)" t nil)
23663 ;;;***
23665 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23666 ;;;;;; (18785 51166))
23667 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23669 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23670 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23671 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23674 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23676 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23678 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23679 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23680 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23681 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23682 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23686 ;;;***
23688 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23689 ;;;;;; (18785 51166))
23690 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23692 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23693 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23694 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23695 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23696 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23697 during scrolling.
23699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23701 ;;;***
23703 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23704 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19181 18351))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23707 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23708 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23709 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23711 `semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23712 `semantic-decoration-mode' - Decorate tags based on various attributes.
23713 `semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Track current function in the header-line.
23714 `semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Provide smart symbol completion
23715 automatically when idle.
23716 `semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Keep a buffer's parse tree up to date.
23717 `semanticdb-minor-mode' - Store tags when a buffer is not in memory.
23718 `semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show a summary for the code at point.
23719 `semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23720 keybinding for tag names.")
23722 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23724 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23725 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23726 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23727 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23728 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23729 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23731 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23733 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23734 Toggle Semantic mode.
23735 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23737 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23738 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23739 auxilliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23740 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23741 Semantic mode.
23743 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23747 ;;;***
23749 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23750 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23751 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23752 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23753 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23754 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23755 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23756 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23757 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19190 32921))
23758 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23760 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
23761 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23763 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23764 king@grassland.com
23765 If `parens', they look like:
23766 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23767 If `angles', they look like:
23768 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23769 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23770 derived from the envelope-from address.
23772 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23773 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23774 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23775 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23777 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23779 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23780 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23781 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23782 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23784 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23785 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23786 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23787 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23789 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23791 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23792 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23793 This is done when the message is initialized,
23794 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23796 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23798 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23799 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23800 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23802 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23804 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23806 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23807 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23808 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23809 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23810 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23811 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23812 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23814 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23816 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23817 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23819 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23821 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23822 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23823 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23824 be a Babyl file.")
23826 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23828 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23829 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23830 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23831 when you first send mail.")
23833 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23835 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23836 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23837 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23838 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23839 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23841 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23843 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23844 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23845 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23846 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23847 This file need not actually exist.")
23849 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23851 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23852 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23853 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23855 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23857 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23858 Alist of mail address aliases,
23859 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23860 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23861 can specify a different file name.)
23862 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23863 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23865 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23866 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23867 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23869 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23871 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23872 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23873 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23875 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23878 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23879 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23880 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23881 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23882 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23883 in the cited portion of the message.
23885 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23886 instead of no action.")
23888 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23890 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*") "\
23891 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23892 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23893 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23894 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23896 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23898 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23899 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23900 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23901 If a string, that string is inserted.
23902 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23903 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23904 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23905 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23907 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23909 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23910 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23915 Directory for mail buffers.
23916 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23917 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23919 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23921 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23922 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23923 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23924 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23928 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23929 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23930 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23931 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23932 is non-nil.")
23934 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23936 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23937 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23938 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23939 `query' means ask the user each time.
23940 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23941 The default is `mime'.
23942 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23943 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23947 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23948 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23949 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23951 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23952 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23954 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23955 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23956 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23957 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23958 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23959 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23960 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23961 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23962 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23963 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23964 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23965 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23966 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23968 \(fn)" t nil)
23970 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23971 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23972 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23973 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23975 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23977 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23978 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23979 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23980 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23981 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23982 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23984 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23985 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23986 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23988 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23989 User should not set this variable manually,
23990 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23991 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23992 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23993 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
23995 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23996 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23997 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23998 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24000 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24001 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24003 \\<mail-mode-map>
24004 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24006 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24007 to move to message header fields:
24008 \\{mail-mode-map}
24010 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24011 when the message is initialized.
24013 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24014 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24016 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24017 is inserted.
24019 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24020 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24022 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24023 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24024 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24025 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24026 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24027 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24028 buffer without erasing the contents.
24030 The second through fifth arguments,
24031 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24032 the initial contents of those header fields.
24033 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24034 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24035 original message being replied to, or else an action
24036 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24037 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24038 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24039 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24040 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24041 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24043 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24045 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24046 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24048 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24050 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24051 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24053 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24055 ;;;***
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24058 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19133
24059 ;;;;;; 53179))
24060 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24062 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24063 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24064 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24065 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24066 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24067 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24069 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24070 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24072 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24073 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24074 \\[server-start].
24076 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24078 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24079 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24080 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24081 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24083 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24085 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24086 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24087 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24090 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24092 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24094 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24095 Toggle Server mode.
24096 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24097 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24098 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24102 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24103 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24104 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24106 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24107 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24109 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24111 ;;;***
24113 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19106 2681))
24114 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24116 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24117 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24118 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24120 Key definitions:
24121 \\{ses-mode-map}
24122 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24123 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24124 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24125 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24127 \(fn)" t nil)
24129 ;;;***
24131 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24132 ;;;;;; (19181 18362))
24133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24135 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24136 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24137 Makes > match <.
24138 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24139 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24141 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24142 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24143 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24145 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24146 in your `.emacs' file.
24148 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24150 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24151 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24152 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24154 \(fn)" t nil)
24156 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24157 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24158 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24159 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24160 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24161 which this is based.
24163 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24165 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24166 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24167 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24168 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24170 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24171 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24172 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24174 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24175 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24176 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24177 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24179 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24180 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24181 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24182 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24184 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24186 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24187 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24188 To work around that, do:
24189 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24191 \\{html-mode-map}
24193 \(fn)" t nil)
24195 ;;;***
24197 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24198 ;;;;;; (19190 32925))
24199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24200 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24202 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24203 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24204 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24205 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24206 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24207 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24209 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24210 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24211 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24212 shell-specific features.
24214 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24215 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24216 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24217 \\<sh-mode-map>
24218 \\[sh-case] case statement
24219 \\[sh-for] for loop
24220 \\[sh-function] function definition
24221 \\[sh-if] if statement
24222 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24223 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24224 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24225 \\[sh-select] select loop
24226 \\[sh-until] until loop
24227 \\[sh-while] while loop
24229 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24230 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24231 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24232 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24233 would indent to the way it currently is.
24234 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24235 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24238 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24239 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24240 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24241 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24242 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24243 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24245 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24246 {, (, [, ', \", `
24247 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24249 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24250 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24251 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24253 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24254 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24256 \(fn)" t nil)
24258 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24260 ;;;***
24262 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18785 51167))
24263 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24265 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24266 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24267 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24268 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24269 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24270 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24272 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24274 ;;;***
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24277 ;;;;;; (19144 23272))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24280 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24281 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24283 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24284 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24285 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24287 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24288 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24289 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24290 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24291 the earlier.
24293 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24295 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24297 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24298 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24299 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24301 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24302 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24304 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24305 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24306 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24307 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24308 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24309 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24310 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24311 Emacs version).
24313 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24314 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24315 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24316 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24317 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24319 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24320 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24322 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24324 ;;;***
24326 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24327 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19144
24328 ;;;;;; 23266))
24329 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24331 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24332 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24333 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24334 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24335 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24336 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24337 sites in the cluster.
24339 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24341 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24342 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24343 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24344 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24345 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24347 \(fn)" t nil)
24349 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24350 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24351 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24352 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24353 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24354 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24355 `shadow-define-cluster').
24357 \(fn)" t nil)
24359 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24360 Set up file shadowing.
24362 \(fn)" t nil)
24364 ;;;***
24366 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24367 ;;;;;; (19190 32913))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24370 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24371 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24372 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24373 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24374 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24375 arguments.")
24377 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24379 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24380 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24381 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24382 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24383 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24385 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24386 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24387 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24388 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24389 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24390 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24391 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24392 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24393 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24394 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24395 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24398 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24399 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24400 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24402 `default-process-coding-system'.
24404 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24405 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24406 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24407 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24409 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24412 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24414 ;;;***
24416 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24417 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18785 51219))
24418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24420 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24421 Not documented
24423 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24425 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24426 Not documented
24428 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24430 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24431 Not documented
24433 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24435 ;;;***
24437 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24438 ;;;;;; (19106 2685))
24439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24441 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24442 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24443 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24444 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24445 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24447 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24451 ;;;***
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18802
24454 ;;;;;; 59726))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24457 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24458 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24459 \\{simula-mode-map}
24460 Variables controlling indentation style:
24461 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24462 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24463 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24464 `simula-indent-level'
24465 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24466 `simula-substatement-offset'
24467 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24468 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24469 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24470 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24471 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24472 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24473 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24474 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24475 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24476 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24477 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24478 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24479 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24480 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24481 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24482 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24483 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24484 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24485 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24486 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24487 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24488 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24489 or nil if they should not be changed.
24490 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24491 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24492 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24493 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24495 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24496 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24498 \(fn)" t nil)
24500 ;;;***
24502 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24503 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18802 59721))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24506 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24507 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24509 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24510 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24511 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24512 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24514 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24516 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24517 Insert SKELETON.
24518 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24519 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24520 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24521 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24522 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24524 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24525 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24527 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24529 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24530 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24532 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24533 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24534 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24535 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24537 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24538 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24539 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24540 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24542 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24543 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24544 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24546 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24547 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24549 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24550 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24552 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24553 _ interesting point, interregion here
24554 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24555 interesting point set by _
24556 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24557 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24558 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24559 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24560 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24561 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24562 nil skipped
24564 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24565 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24567 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24568 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24569 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24570 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24571 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24572 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24573 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24574 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24576 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24577 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24578 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24579 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24580 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24581 available:
24583 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24584 then: insert previously read string once more
24585 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24586 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24587 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24589 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24590 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24592 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24594 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24595 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24597 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24598 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24599 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24600 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24601 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24602 such as backslash.
24604 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24605 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24606 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24610 ;;;***
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24613 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19144 23266))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24616 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24617 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24618 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24619 buffer names.
24621 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24623 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24624 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24625 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24629 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24630 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24631 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24633 \(fn)" t nil)
24635 ;;;***
24637 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24638 ;;;;;; (18785 51219))
24639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24641 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24642 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24643 A list of images is returned.
24645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24647 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24648 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24649 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24653 ;;;***
24655 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24656 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19190 32921))
24657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24659 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24660 Not documented
24662 \(fn)" nil nil)
24664 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24665 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24667 \(fn)" t nil)
24669 ;;;***
24671 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18785 51238))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24674 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24675 Play the Snake game.
24676 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24678 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24680 Snake mode keybindings:
24681 \\<snake-mode-map>
24682 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24683 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24684 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24685 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24686 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24687 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24688 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24690 \(fn)" t nil)
24692 ;;;***
24694 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24695 ;;;;;; (18785 51236))
24696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24698 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24699 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24700 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24701 Tab indents for C code.
24702 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24704 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24705 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24706 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24710 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24711 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24712 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24713 Tab indents for C code.
24714 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24715 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24716 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24717 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24718 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24720 \(fn)" t nil)
24722 ;;;***
24724 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18986
24725 ;;;;;; 15812))
24726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24728 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24729 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24730 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24731 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24732 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24734 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24738 ;;;***
24740 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19106
24741 ;;;;;; 2691))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24744 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24745 Play Solitaire.
24747 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24748 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24749 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24750 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24751 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24752 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24753 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24754 check after each move or undo.)
24756 What is Solitaire?
24758 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24759 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24760 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24762 Le Solitaire
24763 ============
24765 o o o
24767 o o o
24769 o o o o o o o
24771 o o o . o o o
24773 o o o o o o o
24775 o o o
24777 o o o
24779 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24780 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24781 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24782 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24784 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24785 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24786 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24787 this: o o .
24789 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24790 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24792 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24794 o o o
24796 . o o
24798 o o . o o o o
24800 o . o o o o o
24802 o o o o o o o
24804 o o o
24806 o o o
24808 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24810 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24814 ;;;***
24816 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24817 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24818 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18785 51168))
24819 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24820 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24822 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24823 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24825 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24826 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24827 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24828 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24829 contiguous.
24831 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24832 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24833 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24834 the sort order.
24836 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24837 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24839 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24840 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24841 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24842 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24843 is called.
24845 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24846 It should move point to the end of the record.
24848 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24849 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24850 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24851 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24852 starts at the beginning of the record.
24854 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24855 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24856 same as ENDRECFUN.
24858 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24859 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24861 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24863 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24864 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24865 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24866 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24867 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24868 the sort order.
24870 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24872 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24873 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24874 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24875 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24876 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24877 the sort order.
24879 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24881 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24882 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24883 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24884 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24885 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24886 the sort order.
24888 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24889 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24891 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24892 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24893 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24894 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24895 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24896 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24897 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24898 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24899 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24901 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24903 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24904 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24905 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24906 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24907 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24908 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24909 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24910 the sort order.
24912 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24914 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24915 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24916 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24917 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24918 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24919 is to be used for sorting.
24920 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24921 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24922 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24923 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24924 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24926 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24928 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24929 the sort order.
24931 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24932 starting with the letter \"f\",
24933 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24935 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24937 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24938 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24939 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24940 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24941 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24942 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24943 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24944 the sort order.
24946 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24947 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24948 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24949 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24950 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24952 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24954 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24955 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24956 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24960 ;;;***
24962 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19144
24963 ;;;;;; 23274))
24964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24966 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24967 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24968 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24969 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24970 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24971 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24973 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24975 ;;;***
24977 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24978 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24979 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18802 59723))
24980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24982 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24983 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24985 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24986 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24987 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24989 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24991 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24992 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24993 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24994 server.
24996 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24998 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
24999 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25000 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25002 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25004 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25005 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25006 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25007 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25008 Agent is plugged.
25010 \(fn)" t nil)
25012 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25013 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25014 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25015 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25019 ;;;***
25021 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25022 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19144 23266))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25025 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25027 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25028 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25029 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25030 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25031 supported at a time.
25032 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25033 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25037 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25038 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25039 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25040 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25042 \(fn)" t nil)
25044 ;;;***
25046 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25047 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19181 18362))
25048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25050 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25052 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25053 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25054 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25055 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25056 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25057 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25059 \(fn)" t nil)
25061 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25063 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25064 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25065 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25066 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25068 \(fn)" t nil)
25070 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25072 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25073 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25074 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25075 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25076 for example, \"word\".
25078 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25080 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25082 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25083 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25085 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25087 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25089 ;;;***
25091 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18785
25092 ;;;;;; 51238))
25093 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25095 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25096 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25098 \(fn)" t nil)
25100 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25101 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25103 \(fn)" nil nil)
25105 ;;;***
25107 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25108 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25109 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25110 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19087
25111 ;;;;;; 44048))
25112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25114 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25115 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25117 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25118 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25119 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25120 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25121 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25122 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25123 of the current highlighting list.
25125 For example:
25127 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25128 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25130 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25131 `_t' as data types.
25133 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25135 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25136 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25138 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25139 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25141 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25143 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25144 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25145 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25147 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25149 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25150 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25151 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25152 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25153 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25154 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25155 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25156 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25157 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25159 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25161 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25162 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25163 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25164 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25166 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25167 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25168 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25169 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25171 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25172 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25173 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25177 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25178 Major mode to edit SQL.
25180 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25181 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25182 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25184 \\{sql-mode-map}
25185 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25187 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25188 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25189 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25190 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25191 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25192 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25194 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25195 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25197 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25198 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25199 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25201 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25202 (lambda ()
25203 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25205 \(fn)" t nil)
25207 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25208 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25210 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25211 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25213 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25215 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25217 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25218 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25220 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25221 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25222 `*SQL*'.
25224 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25225 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25226 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25227 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25229 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25232 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25233 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25234 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25235 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25236 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25237 `default-process-coding-system'.
25239 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25241 \(fn)" t nil)
25243 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25244 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25246 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25247 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25248 `*SQL*'.
25250 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25251 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25252 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25253 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25255 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25256 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25258 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25259 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25260 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25261 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25262 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25263 `default-process-coding-system'.
25265 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25269 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25270 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25272 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25273 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25274 `*SQL*'.
25276 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25277 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25279 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25280 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25282 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25283 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25284 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25285 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25286 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25287 `default-process-coding-system'.
25289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25291 \(fn)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25294 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25296 SQLite is free software.
25298 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25299 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25300 `*SQL*'.
25302 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25303 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25304 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25305 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25307 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25308 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25310 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25311 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25312 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25313 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25314 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25315 `default-process-coding-system'.
25317 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25321 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25322 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25324 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25326 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25327 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25328 `*SQL*'.
25330 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25331 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25332 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25333 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25335 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25336 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25338 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25339 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25340 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25341 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25342 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25343 `default-process-coding-system'.
25345 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25347 \(fn)" t nil)
25349 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25350 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25352 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25353 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25354 `*SQL*'.
25356 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25357 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25358 defaults, if set.
25360 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25361 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25363 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25364 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25365 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25366 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25367 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25368 `default-process-coding-system'.
25370 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25372 \(fn)" t nil)
25374 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25375 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25379 `*SQL*'.
25381 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25382 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25384 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25385 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25387 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25388 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25389 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25390 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25391 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25392 `default-process-coding-system'.
25394 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25396 \(fn)" t nil)
25398 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25399 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25401 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25402 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25403 `*SQL*'.
25405 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25406 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25407 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25408 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25410 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25411 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25414 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25418 `default-process-coding-system'.
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25424 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25425 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25427 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25428 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25429 `*SQL*'.
25431 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25432 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25433 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25434 `sql-postgres-options'.
25436 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25437 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25439 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25440 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25441 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25442 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25443 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25444 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25445 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25446 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25448 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25449 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25451 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25453 \(fn)" t nil)
25455 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25456 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25458 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25459 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25460 `*SQL*'.
25462 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25463 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25464 defaults, if set.
25466 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25467 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25469 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25470 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25471 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25472 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25473 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25474 `default-process-coding-system'.
25476 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25478 \(fn)" t nil)
25480 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25481 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25485 `*SQL*'.
25487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25488 automatic login.
25490 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25491 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25493 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25494 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25495 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25496 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25498 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25499 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25500 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25501 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25502 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25503 `default-process-coding-system'.
25505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25507 \(fn)" t nil)
25509 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25510 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25512 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25513 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25514 `*SQL*'.
25516 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25517 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25518 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25519 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25520 parameters.
25522 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25523 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25524 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25525 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25526 an empty password.
25528 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25533 \(fn)" t nil)
25535 ;;;***
25537 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25538 ;;;;;; (19181 18354))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25541 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25542 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25544 \(fn)" t nil)
25546 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25548 ;;;***
25550 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25551 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25552 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25553 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25554 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19144
25555 ;;;;;; 23266))
25556 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25558 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25559 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25560 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25561 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25562 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25563 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25565 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25567 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25569 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25570 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25571 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25572 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25573 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25574 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25575 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25577 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25579 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25580 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25581 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25582 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25583 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25584 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25585 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25587 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25589 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25590 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25591 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25593 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25595 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25596 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25597 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25599 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25601 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25602 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25604 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25606 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25607 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25609 \(fn)" t nil)
25611 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25612 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25614 \(fn)" t nil)
25616 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25617 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25618 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25619 chronologically by command name.
25620 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25622 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25624 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25625 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25626 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25629 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25631 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25633 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25634 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25635 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25636 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25637 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25638 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25639 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25641 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25642 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25643 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25644 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25646 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25650 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25651 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25652 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25653 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25655 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25657 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25658 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25660 \(fn)" t nil)
25662 ;;;***
25664 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25665 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19106 2691))
25666 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25668 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25669 Studlify-case the region.
25671 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25673 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25674 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25676 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25678 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25679 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25681 \(fn)" t nil)
25683 ;;;***
25685 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25686 ;;;;;; (19190 32921))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25689 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25690 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25691 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25692 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25693 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25694 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25695 original message but it does require a few things:
25697 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25699 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25700 reply buffer.
25702 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25703 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25704 original message.
25706 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25708 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25710 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25711 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25712 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25714 \(fn)" nil nil)
25716 ;;;***
25718 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
25719 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (19106 2694))
25720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
25722 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
25723 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
25724 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
25725 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
25726 `complete-symbol'.
25727 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
25728 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
25730 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
25731 determining which symbols are considered.
25733 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
25734 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
25735 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
25736 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
25738 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
25741 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
25742 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
25743 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
25744 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
25745 completion:
25747 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
25748 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
25749 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
25750 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
25752 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
25754 ;;;***
25756 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18785
25757 ;;;;;; 51170))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25760 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25762 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25763 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25764 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25767 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25769 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25771 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25772 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25773 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25774 otherwise turn it off.
25776 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25777 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25778 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25782 ;;;***
25784 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18785 51170))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25787 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25788 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25789 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25790 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25791 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25795 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25796 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25797 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25798 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25799 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25800 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25801 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25803 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25805 ;;;***
25807 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25808 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25809 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25810 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25811 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25812 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25813 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25814 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25815 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25816 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25817 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25818 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25819 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19144 23282))
25820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25822 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25823 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25824 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25826 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25828 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25829 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25831 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25833 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25834 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25836 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25838 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25839 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25841 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25843 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25844 Insert an editable text table.
25845 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25846 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25847 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25848 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25849 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25850 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25851 delimiting them.
25853 Examples:
25855 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25857 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25858 location of point.
25862 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25863 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25864 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25865 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25866 first cell.
25868 +-----+-----+-----+
25869 |-!- | | |
25870 +-----+-----+-----+
25872 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25874 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25875 width, which results as
25877 +--------------+-----+-----+
25878 |-!- | | |
25879 +--------------+-----+-----+
25881 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25882 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25885 | | |-!- |
25886 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25888 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25889 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25890 width information to `table-insert'.
25892 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25894 instead of
25896 Cell width(s): 5
25898 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25899 work all together.
25901 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25902 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25904 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25905 |-!- | | |
25906 | | | |
25907 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25909 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25911 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25912 |-!- | | |
25913 | | | |
25914 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25915 | | | |
25916 | | | |
25917 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25919 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25921 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25922 | | | |
25923 | | | |
25924 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25925 | | | |
25926 | | | |
25927 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25930 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25931 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25932 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25934 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25935 | | | |
25936 | | | |
25937 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25938 | | | |
25939 | | | |
25940 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25941 |-!- | | |
25942 | | | |
25943 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25945 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25946 results.
25948 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25949 | | | |
25950 | | | |
25951 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25952 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25953 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25954 | | |expected results.-!- |
25955 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25956 | | | |
25957 | | | |
25958 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25960 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25962 \\{table-cell-map}
25964 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25966 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25967 Insert N table row(s).
25968 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25969 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25970 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25971 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25973 \(fn N)" t nil)
25975 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
25976 Insert N table column(s).
25977 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25978 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25979 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25980 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25982 \(fn N)" t nil)
25984 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
25985 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25986 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25988 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25990 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
25991 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25992 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25993 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25994 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25995 all the table specific features.
25997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25999 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26000 Not documented
26002 \(fn)" t nil)
26004 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26005 Recognize all tables within region.
26006 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26007 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26008 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26009 specific features.
26011 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26013 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26014 Not documented
26016 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26018 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26019 Recognize a table at point.
26020 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26021 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26022 the table specific features.
26024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26026 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26027 Not documented
26029 \(fn)" t nil)
26031 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26032 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26033 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26034 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26035 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26036 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26037 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26039 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26041 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26042 Not documented
26044 \(fn)" t nil)
26046 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26047 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26048 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26049 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26050 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26051 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26052 specified.
26054 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26056 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26057 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26058 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26059 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26060 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26061 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26062 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26063 table structure.
26065 \(fn N)" t nil)
26067 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26068 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26069 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26070 table's rectangle structure.
26072 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26074 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26075 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26076 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26077 table's rectangle structure.
26079 \(fn N)" t nil)
26081 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26082 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26083 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26084 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26085 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26087 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26089 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26090 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26091 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26093 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26094 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26095 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26096 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26097 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26098 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26099 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26101 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26102 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26103 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26104 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26105 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26106 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26107 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26109 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26110 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26111 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26112 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26113 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26114 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26115 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26116 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26118 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26120 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26121 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26122 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26123 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26127 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26128 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26129 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26131 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26133 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26134 Split current cell vertically.
26135 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26137 \(fn)" t nil)
26139 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26140 Split current cell horizontally.
26141 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26143 \(fn)" t nil)
26145 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26146 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26147 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26149 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26151 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26152 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26153 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26154 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26156 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26158 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26159 Justify cell contents.
26160 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26161 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26162 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26163 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26165 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26167 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26168 Justify cells of a row.
26169 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26170 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26172 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26174 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26175 Justify cells of a column.
26176 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26177 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26179 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26182 Toggle fixing width mode.
26183 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26184 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26185 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26189 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26190 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26191 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26192 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26193 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26194 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26195 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26196 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26197 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26198 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26199 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26201 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26203 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26204 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26205 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26206 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26207 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26208 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26209 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26210 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26211 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26212 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26213 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26214 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26215 untouched.
26217 References used for this implementation:
26219 HTML:
26220 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26222 LaTeX:
26223 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26225 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26226 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26227 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26229 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26231 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26232 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26233 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26234 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26235 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26236 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26237 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26238 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26239 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26240 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26241 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26242 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26243 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26244 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26245 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26246 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26247 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26249 Example:
26251 (progn
26252 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26253 (table-forward-cell 15)
26254 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26255 (table-forward-cell 16)
26256 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26257 (table-forward-cell 1)
26258 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26260 (progn
26261 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26262 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26263 (table-forward-cell 1)
26264 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26266 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26268 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26269 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26270 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26271 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26272 consists from cells of same height.
26274 \(fn N)" t nil)
26276 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26277 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26278 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26279 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26280 column must consists from cells of same width.
26282 \(fn N)" t nil)
26284 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26285 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26286 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26287 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26288 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26289 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26290 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26291 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26292 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26293 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26294 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26295 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26296 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26297 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26298 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26301 Example 1:
26303 1, 2, 3, 4
26304 5, 6, 7, 8
26305 , 9, 10
26307 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26308 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26309 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26310 specified as 5.
26312 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26313 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26314 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26315 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26316 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26317 | | 9 | 10 | |
26318 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26320 Note:
26322 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26323 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26324 of each row is optional.
26327 Example 2:
26329 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26330 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26331 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26332 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26333 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26335 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26336 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26338 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26339 expression and raw delimiter regular
26340 expression, it parses the specified text
26341 area and extracts cell items from
26342 non-table text and then forms a table out
26343 of them.
26345 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26346 creates a single cell table. The text in
26347 the specified region is placed in that
26348 cell.-*-
26350 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26351 like this.
26353 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26354 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26355 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26357 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26358 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26359 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26360 | area and extracts cell items from |
26361 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26362 | of them. |
26364 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26365 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26366 | the specified region is placed in that |
26367 | cell. |
26368 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26370 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26371 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26372 independently.
26374 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26375 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26376 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26377 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26378 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26379 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26380 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26381 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26382 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26383 | |of them. |
26384 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26385 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26386 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26387 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26388 | |cell. |
26389 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26391 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26392 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26393 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26395 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26397 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26398 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26399 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26400 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26401 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26403 \(fn)" t nil)
26405 ;;;***
26407 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18785 51170))
26408 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26410 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26411 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26413 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26415 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26416 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26418 \(fn)" t nil)
26420 ;;;***
26422 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19190 32913))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26425 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26426 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26427 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26428 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26429 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26430 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26431 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26433 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26434 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26435 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26436 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26438 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26439 \\{tar-mode-map}
26441 \(fn)" t nil)
26443 ;;;***
26445 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18802 59726))
26447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26449 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26450 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26451 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26452 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26453 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26454 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26456 Variables controlling indentation style:
26457 `tcl-indent-level'
26458 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26459 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26460 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26462 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26463 documentation for details):
26464 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26465 Controls action of TAB key.
26466 `tcl-auto-newline'
26467 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26468 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26469 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26470 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26471 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26473 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26474 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26475 already exist.
26477 Commands:
26478 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26480 \(fn)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26483 Run inferior Tcl process.
26484 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26485 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26487 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26489 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26490 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26491 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26493 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26495 ;;;***
26497 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18785 51236))
26498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26499 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26501 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26502 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26503 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26504 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26506 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26507 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26508 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26509 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26510 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26512 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26513 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26515 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26516 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26517 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26518 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26520 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26522 ;;;***
26524 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26525 ;;;;;; (19170 52758))
26526 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26528 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26529 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26531 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26532 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26533 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26535 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26537 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26538 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26539 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26540 commands to use in that buffer.
26542 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26544 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26547 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26549 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26551 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26552 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26553 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26554 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26555 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26556 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26557 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26558 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26559 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26560 use in that buffer.
26561 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26563 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26565 ;;;***
26567 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18802
26568 ;;;;;; 59721))
26569 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26571 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26572 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26573 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26574 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26575 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26576 program as keyboard input.
26578 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26579 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26580 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26581 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26583 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26584 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26585 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26586 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26587 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26589 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26591 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26592 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26593 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26594 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26596 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26597 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26598 subprocess started.
26600 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26602 ;;;***
26604 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26605 ;;;;;; (18785 51199))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26608 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26609 Start coverage on function under point.
26611 \(fn)" t nil)
26613 ;;;***
26615 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19106 2691))
26616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26618 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26619 Play the Tetris game.
26620 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26621 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26622 as to form complete rows.
26624 tetris-mode keybindings:
26625 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26626 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26627 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26628 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26629 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26630 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26631 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26632 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26633 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26635 \(fn)" t nil)
26637 ;;;***
26639 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26640 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26641 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26642 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26643 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26644 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26645 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26646 ;;;;;; (19190 32925))
26647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26649 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26650 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26652 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26654 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26655 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26656 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26657 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26658 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26660 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26662 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26663 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26664 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26665 if it matches the first line of the file,
26666 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26668 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26670 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26671 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26672 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26673 if the variable is non-nil.")
26675 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26677 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26678 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26680 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26682 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26683 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26684 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26685 See the documentation of that variable.")
26687 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26689 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26690 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26691 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26692 See the documentation of that variable.")
26694 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26696 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26697 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26698 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26699 See the documentation of that variable.")
26701 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26703 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26704 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26705 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26706 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26707 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26709 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26711 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26712 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26713 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26714 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26716 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26718 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26719 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26720 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26722 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26724 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26725 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26726 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26727 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26729 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26731 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26732 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26733 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26734 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26736 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26738 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26739 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26740 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26741 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26743 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26744 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26745 for example,
26747 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26748 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26750 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26751 use.")
26753 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26755 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26756 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26757 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26758 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26759 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26761 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26763 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26765 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26766 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26767 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26769 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26771 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26772 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26773 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26774 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26775 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26777 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26779 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26780 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26782 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26784 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26785 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26787 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26789 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26790 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26791 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26792 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26793 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26794 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26795 says which mode to use.
26797 \(fn)" t nil)
26799 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26801 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26803 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26805 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26806 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26807 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26808 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26809 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26811 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26812 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26813 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26814 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26815 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26816 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26817 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26819 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26820 mismatched $'s or braces.
26822 Special commands:
26823 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26825 Mode variables:
26826 tex-run-command
26827 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26828 tex-directory
26829 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26830 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26831 tex-dvi-print-command
26832 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26833 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26834 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26835 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26836 tex-dvi-view-command
26837 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26838 tex-show-queue-command
26839 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26840 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26842 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26843 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26844 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26846 \(fn)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26849 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26850 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26851 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26852 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26854 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26855 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26856 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26857 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26858 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26859 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26860 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26862 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26863 mismatched $'s or braces.
26865 Special commands:
26866 \\{latex-mode-map}
26868 Mode variables:
26869 latex-run-command
26870 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26871 tex-directory
26872 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26873 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26874 tex-dvi-print-command
26875 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26876 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26877 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26878 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26879 tex-dvi-view-command
26880 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26881 tex-show-queue-command
26882 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26883 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26885 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26886 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26887 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26889 \(fn)" t nil)
26891 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26892 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26893 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26894 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26895 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26897 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26898 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26899 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26900 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26901 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26902 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26903 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26905 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26906 mismatched $'s or braces.
26908 Special commands:
26909 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26911 Mode variables:
26912 slitex-run-command
26913 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26914 tex-directory
26915 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26916 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26917 tex-dvi-print-command
26918 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26919 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26920 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26921 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26922 tex-dvi-view-command
26923 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26924 tex-show-queue-command
26925 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26926 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26928 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26929 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26930 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26931 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26933 \(fn)" t nil)
26935 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26936 Not documented
26938 \(fn)" nil nil)
26940 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26941 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26943 \(fn)" t nil)
26945 ;;;***
26947 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26948 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19144 23283))
26949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26951 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26952 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26953 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26954 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26956 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26957 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26958 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26960 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26962 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26963 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26964 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26965 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26966 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26968 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
26971 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26972 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26973 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26975 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26976 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26977 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26978 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26980 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26981 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
26983 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26985 ;;;***
26987 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26988 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19106 2695))
26989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26991 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26992 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26994 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
26996 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26997 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27001 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27002 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27004 It has these extra commands:
27005 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27007 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27008 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27009 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27010 modified version of TeX input format.
27012 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27013 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27014 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27015 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27017 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27018 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27019 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27020 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27021 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27022 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27023 in the Texinfo file.
27025 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27026 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27027 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27028 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27029 move forward past the closing brace.
27031 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27032 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27034 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27035 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27036 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27038 Here are the functions:
27040 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27041 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27042 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27044 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27045 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27046 texinfo-master-menu
27048 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27050 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27051 which menu descriptions are indented.
27053 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27054 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27055 in the region.
27057 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27058 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27059 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27060 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27062 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27063 be the first node in the file.
27065 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27066 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27068 \(fn)" t nil)
27070 ;;;***
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27073 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27074 ;;;;;; (18785 51225))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27077 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27078 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27079 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27080 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27082 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27084 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27085 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27087 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27089 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27090 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27092 \(fn)" t nil)
27094 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27095 Not documented
27097 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27099 ;;;***
27101 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27102 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27103 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18932 10103))
27104 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27106 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27107 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27109 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27111 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27112 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27113 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27114 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27115 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27117 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27118 a symbol as a valid THING.
27120 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27121 of the textual entity that was found.
27123 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27125 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27126 Return the THING at point.
27127 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27128 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27129 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27131 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27132 a symbol as a valid THING.
27134 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27136 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27137 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27139 \(fn)" nil nil)
27141 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27142 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27144 \(fn)" nil nil)
27146 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27147 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27149 \(fn)" nil nil)
27151 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27152 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27154 \(fn)" nil nil)
27156 ;;;***
27158 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27159 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27160 ;;;;;; (18785 51170))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27163 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27164 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27166 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27168 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27169 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27170 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27171 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27173 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27175 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27176 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27178 \(fn)" t nil)
27180 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27181 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27183 \(fn)" t nil)
27185 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27187 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27188 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27190 \(fn)" t nil)
27192 ;;;***
27194 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27195 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27196 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27197 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27198 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18785
27199 ;;;;;; 51225))
27200 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27202 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27203 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27204 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27206 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27208 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27209 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27211 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27213 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27214 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27215 The returned string has no composition information.
27217 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27219 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27220 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27222 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27224 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27225 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27229 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27230 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27231 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27232 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27234 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27236 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27237 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27238 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27239 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27241 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27243 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27244 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27245 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27247 \(fn)" t nil)
27249 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27250 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27251 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27253 \(fn)" t nil)
27255 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27256 Not documented
27258 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27260 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27261 Not documented
27263 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27265 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27266 Not documented
27268 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27270 ;;;***
27272 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27273 ;;;;;; (18785 51245))
27274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27276 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27277 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27278 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27279 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27280 parameters.
27281 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27283 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27285 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27286 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27287 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27288 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27289 parameters.
27290 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27292 \(fn)" t nil)
27294 ;;;***
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27297 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27298 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19144 23266))
27299 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27301 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27302 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27304 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27305 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27307 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27308 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27309 This display updates automatically every minute.
27310 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27311 are displayed as well.
27312 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27314 \(fn)" t nil)
27316 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27317 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27318 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27321 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27323 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27325 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27326 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27327 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27329 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27330 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27331 are displayed as well.
27332 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27336 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27337 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27338 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27339 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27341 \(fn)" t nil)
27343 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27344 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27345 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27346 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27348 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27350 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27351 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27353 \(fn)" t nil)
27355 ;;;***
27357 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27358 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27359 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27360 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27361 ;;;;;; (19123 40238))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27364 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27365 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27367 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27368 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27369 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27370 (progn
27371 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27372 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27373 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27375 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27376 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27378 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27380 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27381 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27383 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27386 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27388 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27390 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27391 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27392 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27394 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27396 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27398 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27399 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27400 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27402 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27404 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27405 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27407 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27409 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27410 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27411 DATE should be a date-time string.
27413 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27415 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27416 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27417 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27419 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27421 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27422 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27424 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27426 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27427 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27429 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27431 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27432 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27433 TIME should be a time value.
27434 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27436 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27438 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27439 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27440 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27442 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27444 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27445 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27446 The valid format specifiers are:
27447 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27448 %d is the number of days.
27449 %h is the number of hours.
27450 %m is the number of minutes.
27451 %s is the number of seconds.
27452 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27453 %% is a literal \"%\".
27455 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27456 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27458 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27459 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27460 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27462 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27463 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27464 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27466 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27468 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27470 ;;;***
27472 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27473 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19133 53180))
27474 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27475 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27476 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27477 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27478 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27479 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27480 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27481 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27482 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27484 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27485 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27486 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27487 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27488 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27489 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27490 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27491 look like one of the following:
27492 Time-stamp: <>
27493 Time-stamp: \" \"
27494 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27495 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27496 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27497 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27498 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27499 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27500 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27501 the template.
27503 \(fn)" t nil)
27505 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27506 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27507 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27511 ;;;***
27513 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27514 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27515 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27516 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27517 ;;;;;; (19144 23268))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27520 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27521 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27522 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27523 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27524 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27525 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27526 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27527 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27528 display (non-nil means on).
27530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27532 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27533 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27534 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27535 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27536 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27537 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27538 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27539 this function is called within a day.
27541 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27542 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27543 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27544 discover the name of the project.
27546 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27548 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27549 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27550 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27551 begun during the last time segment.
27553 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27554 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27555 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27556 discover the reason.
27558 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27560 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27561 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27562 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27563 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27564 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27566 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27568 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27569 Change to working on a different project.
27570 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27571 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27572 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27573 working on.
27575 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27577 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27578 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27579 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27581 \(fn)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27584 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27585 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27587 \(fn)" t nil)
27589 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27590 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27591 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27592 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27593 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27594 \"relative to today\".
27596 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27598 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27599 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27600 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27601 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27603 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27605 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27606 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27607 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27608 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27609 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27610 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27612 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27614 ;;;***
27616 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27617 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19181 18356))
27618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27620 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27621 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27622 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27623 the generated Quail package is saved.
27625 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27627 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27628 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27629 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27630 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27631 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27632 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27633 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27635 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27637 ;;;***
27639 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27640 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18802 59721))
27641 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27642 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27643 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27645 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27646 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27647 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27648 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27649 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27651 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27653 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27654 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27655 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27656 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27657 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27661 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27662 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27663 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27664 in the menu in two ways:
27665 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27666 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27667 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27669 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27670 keymap or an alist of alists.
27671 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27672 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27674 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27676 ;;;***
27678 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27679 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27680 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19190 32914))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27683 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27684 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27686 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27688 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27689 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27691 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27693 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27694 Insert new TODO list entry.
27695 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27696 category.
27698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27700 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27701 List top priorities for each category.
27703 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27704 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27706 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27707 between each category.
27708 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27710 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27712 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27713 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27714 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27715 between each category.
27717 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27719 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27721 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27722 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27724 \\{todo-mode-map}
27726 \(fn)" t nil)
27728 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27729 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27731 \(fn)" nil nil)
27733 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27734 Show TODO list.
27736 \(fn)" t nil)
27738 ;;;***
27740 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27741 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27742 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19190 32913))
27743 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27745 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27746 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27747 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27751 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27753 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27754 Add an item to the tool bar.
27755 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27756 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27757 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27758 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27760 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27761 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27762 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27763 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27765 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27766 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27768 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27770 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27771 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27772 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27773 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27774 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27775 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27777 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27778 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27779 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27780 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27782 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27784 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27785 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27786 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27787 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27788 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27789 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27790 properties to add to the binding.
27792 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27794 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27795 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27797 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27799 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27800 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27801 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27802 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27803 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27804 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27805 properties to add to the binding.
27807 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27808 holds a keymap.
27810 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27812 ;;;***
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27815 ;;;;;; (19144 23272))
27816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27818 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27819 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27820 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27823 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27825 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27827 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27828 TPU/edt emulation.
27830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27832 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27834 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27835 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27837 \(fn)" t nil)
27839 ;;;***
27841 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27842 ;;;;;; (18785 51202))
27843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27845 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27846 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27848 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27849 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27850 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27851 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27852 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27854 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27855 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27856 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27857 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27858 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27860 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27861 (tpu-edt)
27863 Known Problems:
27865 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27866 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27867 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27868 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27869 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27870 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27872 \(fn)" t nil)
27874 ;;;***
27876 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18785 51199))
27877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27879 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27880 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27881 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27882 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27883 to a tcp server on another machine.
27885 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27887 ;;;***
27889 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27890 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19190 32918))
27891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27893 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27894 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27896 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27898 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27899 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27900 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27901 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27902 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27903 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27904 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27905 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27907 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27909 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27910 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27911 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27912 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27913 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27914 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27915 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27916 the window or buffer configuration.
27918 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27920 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27922 ;;;***
27924 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27925 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27926 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27927 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19190 32923))
27928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27930 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27931 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27932 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27934 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27936 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27937 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27939 It can have the following values:
27941 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27942 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27943 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27945 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27947 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27948 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27949 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27950 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27952 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27953 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27954 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27955 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27957 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27958 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27959 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27961 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27962 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27963 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27964 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27965 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27966 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27967 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27968 files which are not really Tramp files.
27970 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27971 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27972 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27973 updated after changing this variable.
27975 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27977 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
27978 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
27979 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
27980 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
27982 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
27983 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27984 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27985 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27987 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
27988 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27989 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27990 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27992 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
27993 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27994 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27996 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27997 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
27998 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28000 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28001 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28002 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28003 updated after changing this variable.
28005 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28007 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28008 Alist of completion handler functions.
28009 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28010 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28011 normal Emacs functions.")
28013 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28014 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28015 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28016 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28018 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28019 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28020 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28021 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28023 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28024 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28025 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28027 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28029 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28030 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28031 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28033 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28034 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28035 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28037 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28038 Not documented
28040 \(fn)" nil nil)
28042 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28043 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28045 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28047 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28048 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28050 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28052 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28053 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28057 ;;;***
28059 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28060 ;;;;;; (19144 23276))
28061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28063 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28064 Not documented
28066 \(fn)" nil nil)
28068 ;;;***
28070 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19144
28071 ;;;;;; 23266))
28072 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28074 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28075 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28076 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28077 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28078 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28079 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28080 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28081 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28083 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28084 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28085 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28087 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28088 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28089 resumed later.
28091 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28093 ;;;***
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28096 ;;;;;; (18785 51225))
28097 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28099 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28100 Not documented
28102 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28104 ;;;***
28106 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28107 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19181 18362))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28109 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28110 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28111 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28113 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28114 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28115 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28116 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28117 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28118 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28119 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28121 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28123 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28124 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28125 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28126 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28128 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28130 \(fn)" t nil)
28132 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28133 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28134 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28135 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28136 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28137 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28138 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28140 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28141 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28143 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28144 \\___/\\
28145 / \\
28146 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28148 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28150 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28152 ;;;***
28154 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28155 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28156 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28157 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28158 ;;;;;; (19144 23267))
28159 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28161 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28162 Toggle typing break mode.
28163 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28165 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28167 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28169 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28170 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28172 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28174 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28175 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28177 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28178 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28179 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28181 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28182 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28184 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28186 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28187 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28189 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28190 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28191 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28192 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28194 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28196 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28197 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28198 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28200 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28201 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28202 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28203 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28204 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28205 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28207 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28208 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28209 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28210 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28212 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28213 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28215 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28216 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28218 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28220 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28221 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28222 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28224 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28225 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28226 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28227 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28228 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28229 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28230 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28232 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28233 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28235 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28236 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28237 reset the keystroke counter.
28239 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28240 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28241 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28242 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28244 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28245 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28246 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28247 `type-break-schedule' command.
28249 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28250 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28251 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28252 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28253 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28254 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28255 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28256 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28257 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28259 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28260 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28261 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28262 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28263 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28265 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28266 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28267 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28268 approximate good values for this.
28270 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28271 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28273 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28274 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28275 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28276 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28277 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28278 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28280 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28281 a typing break occur. They include:
28283 `type-break-query-mode'
28284 `type-break-query-function'
28285 `type-break-query-interval'
28287 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28289 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28290 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28291 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28292 problems.
28294 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28296 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28297 Take a typing break.
28299 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28300 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28302 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28303 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28305 \(fn)" t nil)
28307 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28308 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28309 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28310 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28312 \(fn)" t nil)
28314 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28315 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28317 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28318 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28319 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28320 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28321 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28322 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28323 average typing speed.)
28325 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28326 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28327 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28328 the computed maximum threshold.
28330 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28331 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28332 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28333 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28334 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28336 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28338 ;;;***
28340 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19144 23275))
28341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28343 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28344 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28345 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28346 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28347 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28349 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28351 ;;;***
28353 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28354 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28355 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28356 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28357 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28358 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19169 37276))
28359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28361 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28362 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28364 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28366 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28367 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28369 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28371 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28372 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28377 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28379 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28381 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28382 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28384 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28386 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28387 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28389 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28391 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28392 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28394 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28396 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28397 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28399 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28401 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28402 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28404 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28406 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28407 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28409 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28411 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28412 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28414 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28416 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28417 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28419 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28421 ;;;***
28423 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28424 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18785 51245))
28425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28427 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28428 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28429 Works by overstriking underscores.
28430 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28431 which specify the range to operate on.
28433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28435 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28436 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28437 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28438 which specify the range to operate on.
28440 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28442 ;;;***
28444 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28445 ;;;;;; (19041 28963))
28446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28448 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28449 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28450 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28451 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28452 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28453 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28455 \(fn)" nil nil)
28457 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28458 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28460 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28462 ;;;***
28464 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18785
28465 ;;;;;; 51199))
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28468 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28469 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28470 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28471 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28473 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28475 ;;;***
28477 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28478 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18785 51246))
28479 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28481 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28482 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28483 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28485 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28486 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28487 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28488 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28489 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28490 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28492 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28493 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28494 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28496 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28497 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28498 the callback is not called).
28500 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28501 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28502 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28503 take effect.
28505 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28507 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28508 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28509 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28510 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28511 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28513 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28515 ;;;***
28517 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28518 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18785 51245))
28519 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28521 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28522 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28523 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28525 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28526 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28527 `url-generic-parse-url'
28528 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28529 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28530 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28531 realm
28532 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28533 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28534 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28535 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28536 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28537 what type of auth to use
28538 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28539 if one cannot be found in the cache
28541 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28544 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28546 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28547 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28548 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28549 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28550 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28551 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28552 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28553 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28555 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28557 ;;;***
28559 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28560 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18785
28561 ;;;;;; 51245))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28564 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28565 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28567 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28569 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28570 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28574 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28575 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28577 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28579 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28580 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28582 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28584 ;;;***
28586 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19190 32925))
28587 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28589 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28590 Not documented
28592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28594 ;;;***
28596 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28597 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18785 51245))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28600 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28601 Not documented
28603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28606 Not documented
28608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610 ;;;***
28612 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19123
28613 ;;;;;; 40244))
28614 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28616 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28617 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28619 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28621 ;;;***
28623 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28624 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18785 51245))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28627 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28628 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28630 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28632 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28633 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28634 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28635 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28636 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28638 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28640 ;;;***
28642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28643 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28644 ;;;;;; (19123 40245))
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28647 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28648 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28649 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28651 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28652 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28654 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28656 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28657 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28661 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28662 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28663 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28664 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28666 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28668 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28669 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28670 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28671 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28672 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28673 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28674 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28675 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28676 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28677 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28679 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28681 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28682 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28683 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28684 accessible.
28686 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28688 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28689 Not documented
28691 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28693 ;;;***
28695 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28696 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19190 32925))
28697 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28699 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28700 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28701 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28702 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28703 CBARGS as the arguments.
28705 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28707 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28708 Not documented
28710 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28712 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28714 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28715 Not documented
28717 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28719 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28720 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28721 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28723 Property list members:
28725 methods
28726 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28727 supports.
28730 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28731 supported.
28733 dasl
28734 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28736 ranges
28737 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28740 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28741 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28742 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28743 Emacs/W3.
28745 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28747 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28748 Default HTTPS port.")
28750 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28751 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28752 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28754 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28755 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28756 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28757 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28758 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28760 ;;;***
28762 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18785 51246))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28765 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28766 Not documented
28768 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28770 ;;;***
28772 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19190
28773 ;;;;;; 32926))
28774 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28776 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28777 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28778 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28779 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28780 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28782 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28784 ;;;***
28786 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28787 ;;;;;; (18785 51246))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28790 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28791 Not documented
28793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28795 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28796 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28798 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28800 ;;;***
28802 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28803 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18785 51246))
28804 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28806 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28807 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28811 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28812 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28814 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28816 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28817 Not documented
28819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28821 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28823 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28825 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28827 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28828 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28832 ;;;***
28834 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28835 ;;;;;; (18785 51246))
28836 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28838 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28839 Not documented
28841 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28843 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28844 Not documented
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28848 ;;;***
28850 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28851 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28852 ;;;;;; (18785 51246))
28853 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28855 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28856 Not documented
28858 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28860 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28861 Not documented
28863 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28866 Not documented
28868 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28871 Not documented
28873 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28875 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28876 Not documented
28878 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28880 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28881 Not documented
28883 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28885 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28886 Not documented
28888 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28890 ;;;***
28892 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28893 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18785 51246))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28896 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28897 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28899 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28901 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28902 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28903 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28904 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28906 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28908 ;;;***
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28911 ;;;;;; (19095 42955))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28914 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28915 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28917 \(fn)" t nil)
28919 ;;;***
28921 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28922 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28923 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28924 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28925 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28926 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28927 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19190 32926))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28930 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28931 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28932 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28934 If t, all messages will be logged.
28935 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28936 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28938 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28940 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28941 Not documented
28943 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28945 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28946 Not documented
28948 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28950 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28951 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28952 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28953 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28954 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28955 & ==> &amp;
28956 < ==> &lt;
28957 > ==> &gt;
28958 \" ==> &quot;
28960 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28962 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28963 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28964 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28966 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28969 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28970 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28972 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28975 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28977 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28979 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28980 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28982 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28984 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28985 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28987 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28990 Not documented
28992 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28994 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
28995 Not documented
28997 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29000 Not documented
29002 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29004 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29006 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29007 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29011 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29012 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29014 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29017 Not documented
29019 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29021 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29022 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29023 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29024 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29025 forbidden in URL encoding.
29027 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29030 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29031 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29032 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29033 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29034 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29036 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29038 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29039 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29040 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29041 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29043 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29046 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29047 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29049 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29051 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29052 View the current document's URL.
29053 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29054 the minibuffer.
29056 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29058 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29060 ;;;***
29062 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29063 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18785 51171))
29064 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29066 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29067 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29068 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29069 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29070 to refrain from editing the file
29071 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29072 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29073 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29074 in any way you like.
29076 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29079 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29080 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29081 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29082 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29084 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29085 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29087 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29089 ;;;***
29091 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29092 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29093 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18785 51223))
29094 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29096 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29097 Not documented
29099 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29102 Not documented
29104 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29107 Not documented
29109 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29111 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29112 Not documented
29114 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29116 ;;;***
29118 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29119 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29120 ;;;;;; (18785 51228))
29121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29123 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29124 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29125 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29126 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29128 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29130 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29131 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29132 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29134 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29136 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29137 Uudecode region between START and END.
29138 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29140 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29142 ;;;***
29144 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29145 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29146 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29147 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29148 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29149 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29150 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19170 52758))
29151 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29153 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29154 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29155 See `run-hooks'.")
29157 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29159 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29160 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29161 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29163 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29165 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29166 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29167 See `run-hooks'.")
29169 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29171 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29172 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29173 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29175 For locking systems:
29176 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29177 control.
29178 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29179 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29180 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29181 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29182 it performs a revert on that file.
29183 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29184 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29185 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29186 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29187 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29188 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29189 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29191 For merging systems:
29192 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29193 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29194 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29195 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29196 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29197 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29198 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29199 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29200 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29202 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29204 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29205 Register into a version control system.
29206 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29207 Otherwise register the current file.
29208 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29209 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29211 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29212 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29213 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29214 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29215 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29216 first backend that could register the file is used.
29218 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29220 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29221 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29223 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29225 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29226 Display diffs between file revisions.
29227 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29228 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29229 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29231 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29232 saving the buffer.
29234 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29236 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29237 Display diffs between file revisions.
29238 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29239 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29240 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29242 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29243 saving the buffer.
29245 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29247 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29248 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29249 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29250 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29252 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29254 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29255 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29256 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29257 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29259 \(fn)" t nil)
29261 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29262 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29263 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29264 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29265 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29266 from the current branch.
29268 See Info node `Merging'.
29270 \(fn)" t nil)
29272 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29274 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29275 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29276 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29277 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29278 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29279 checked out in that new branch.
29281 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29283 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29284 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29285 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29286 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29287 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29288 allowed and simply skipped).
29290 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29292 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29293 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29294 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29296 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
29298 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29299 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29301 \(fn)" t nil)
29303 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29304 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29305 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29306 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29308 \(fn)" t nil)
29310 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29311 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29312 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29313 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29315 \(fn)" t nil)
29317 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29319 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29320 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29321 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29322 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29323 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29324 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29326 \(fn)" t nil)
29328 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29329 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29330 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29331 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29332 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29333 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29334 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29336 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29338 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29339 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29340 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29341 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29342 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29343 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29344 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29345 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29346 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29348 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29350 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29351 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29353 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29355 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29356 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29358 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29360 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29361 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29362 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29363 directory.
29365 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29367 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29368 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29369 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29371 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29372 log entries should be gathered.
29374 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29376 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29377 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29379 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29381 ;;;***
29383 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19169
29384 ;;;;;; 37272))
29385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29387 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29388 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29390 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29391 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29392 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29393 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29394 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29395 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29397 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29398 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29399 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29400 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29401 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29402 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29403 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29404 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29406 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29408 Customization variables:
29410 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29411 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29412 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29413 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29415 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29417 ;;;***
29419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19095 42944))
29420 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29421 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29422 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29423 (progn
29424 (load "vc-arch")
29425 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29427 ;;;***
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19181 18350))
29430 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29432 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29433 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29435 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29436 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29437 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29438 (progn
29439 (load "vc-bzr")
29440 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29442 ;;;***
29444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19144 23267))
29445 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29446 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29447 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29448 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29449 (load "vc-cvs")
29450 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29452 ;;;***
29454 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19144 23267))
29455 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29457 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29458 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29459 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29460 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29461 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29463 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29464 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29465 The file lines appear later.
29467 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29468 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29470 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29472 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
29474 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29476 ;;;***
29478 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29479 ;;;;;; (19144 23267))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29482 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29483 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29484 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29485 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29486 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29487 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29488 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29489 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29490 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29491 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29492 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29493 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29494 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29495 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29496 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29498 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29500 ;;;***
29502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19190 32913))
29503 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29504 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29505 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29506 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29507 (progn
29508 (load "vc-git")
29509 (vc-git-registered file))))
29511 ;;;***
29513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19181 18350))
29514 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29515 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29516 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29517 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29518 (progn
29519 (load "vc-hg")
29520 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29522 ;;;***
29524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hooks" "vc-hooks.el" (19190 32913))
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hooks.el
29527 (put 'vc-mode 'risky-local-variable t)
29529 ;;;***
29531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19123 40237))
29532 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29534 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29536 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29537 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29538 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29539 (progn
29540 (load "vc-mtn")
29541 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29543 ;;;***
29545 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29546 ;;;;;; (19169 37272))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29549 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
29550 Where to look for RCS master files.
29551 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29553 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29555 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29557 ;;;***
29559 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29560 ;;;;;; (19169 37272))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29563 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
29564 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29565 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29567 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29568 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29570 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29571 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29572 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29573 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29575 ;;;***
29577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19123 40237))
29578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29579 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29580 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29581 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29582 "_svn")
29583 (t ".svn"))))
29584 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29585 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29586 (file-name-directory f)))
29587 (load "vc-svn")
29588 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29590 ;;;***
29592 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29593 ;;;;;; (19050 50269))
29594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29597 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29598 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29600 Usage:
29601 ------
29603 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29604 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29605 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29606 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29608 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29609 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29610 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29611 completions.
29613 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29614 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29616 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29617 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29619 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29620 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29621 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29623 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29626 Maintenance:
29627 ------------
29629 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29630 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29632 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29634 Official distribution is at
29635 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29638 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29639 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29641 Key bindings:
29642 -------------
29644 \\{vera-mode-map}
29646 \(fn)" t nil)
29648 ;;;***
29650 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29651 ;;;;;; (19190 32925))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29654 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29655 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29656 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29657 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29658 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29660 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29662 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29663 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29665 Supports highlighting.
29667 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29668 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29670 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29672 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29673 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29674 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29675 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29676 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29677 on the left side of your screen.
29678 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29679 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29680 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29681 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29682 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29683 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29684 function keyword.
29685 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29686 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29687 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29688 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29689 if (a)
29690 begin
29691 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29692 Indentation for case statements.
29693 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29694 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29695 mark after an end.
29696 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29697 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29698 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29699 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29700 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29701 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29702 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29703 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29704 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29705 if (a)
29706 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29707 otherwise you get:
29708 if (a)
29709 begin
29710 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29711 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29712 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29713 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29714 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29715 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29716 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29717 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29718 comments in tight quarters.
29719 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29720 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29722 Variables controlling other actions:
29724 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29725 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29726 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29728 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29730 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29732 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29733 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29734 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29736 Some other functions are:
29738 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29739 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29740 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29741 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29742 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29744 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29745 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29746 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29747 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29749 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29750 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29751 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29752 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29753 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29754 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29755 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29756 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29757 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29758 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29759 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29760 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29761 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29762 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29763 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29764 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29765 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29766 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29767 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29768 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29769 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29770 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29771 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29772 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29773 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29774 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29775 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29776 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29778 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29779 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29781 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29783 \(fn)" t nil)
29785 ;;;***
29787 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29788 ;;;;;; (19095 42954))
29789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29791 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29792 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29794 Usage:
29795 ------
29797 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29798 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29799 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29800 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29801 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29802 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29803 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29804 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29805 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29807 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29808 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29809 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29810 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29812 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29813 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29814 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29815 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29816 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29818 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29819 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29822 HEADER INSERTION:
29823 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29824 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29825 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29828 STUTTERING:
29829 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29830 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29831 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29832 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29834 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29835 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29836 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29837 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29838 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29841 WORD COMPLETION:
29842 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29843 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29844 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29845 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29847 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29848 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29849 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29850 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29851 beginning with \"std\").
29853 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29854 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29855 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29856 stop.
29859 COMMENTS:
29860 `--' puts a single comment.
29861 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29862 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29863 with a comment in between.
29864 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29865 out following lines.
29866 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29867 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29869 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29870 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29871 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29872 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29873 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29874 non-nil.
29876 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29877 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29878 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29879 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29880 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29881 multi-line comments.
29884 INDENTATION:
29885 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29886 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29887 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29888 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29890 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29891 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29892 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29893 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29895 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29896 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29897 and vice versa.
29899 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29900 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29903 ALIGNMENT:
29904 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29905 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29906 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29907 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29908 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29909 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29910 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29911 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29913 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29914 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29915 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29916 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29917 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29918 is non-nil.
29920 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29921 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29922 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29924 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29925 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29928 CODE FILLING:
29929 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29930 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29931 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29932 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29933 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29934 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29937 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29938 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29939 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29940 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29941 command:
29943 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29946 PORT TRANSLATION:
29947 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29948 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29949 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29950 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29951 internal signal initializations (menu).
29953 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29954 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29955 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29957 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29958 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29959 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29960 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29961 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29962 in subsequent paste operations.)
29964 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29965 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29966 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29969 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29970 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29971 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29972 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29973 association list with formals).
29976 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29977 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29978 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29979 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29980 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29981 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29982 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29983 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29984 `vhdl-testbench'.
29987 KEY BINDINGS:
29988 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29991 VHDL MENU:
29992 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29995 FILE BROWSER:
29996 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29997 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29998 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30000 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30001 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30004 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30005 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30006 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30007 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30009 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30010 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30011 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30013 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30014 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30015 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30016 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30018 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30019 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30020 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30021 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30022 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30024 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30025 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30026 required by secondary units.
30029 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30030 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30031 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30032 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30033 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30034 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30035 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30036 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30037 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30038 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30039 inputs to this component -> input port created
30040 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30041 outputs from this component -> output port created
30042 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30043 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30045 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30046 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30047 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30048 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30049 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30051 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30052 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30054 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30055 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30056 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30057 component instantiation is also supported (option
30058 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30060 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30061 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30062 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30063 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30064 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30065 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30066 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30067 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30068 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30069 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30070 | generating the configuration.
30072 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30073 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30074 | configurations in speedbar.
30076 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30079 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30080 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30081 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30082 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30083 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30084 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30085 information. New compilers can be added.
30087 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30088 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30091 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30092 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30093 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30094 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30095 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30097 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30098 command:
30100 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30101 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30102 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30104 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30105 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30106 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30107 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30108 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30109 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30110 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30112 Limitations:
30113 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30114 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30115 not (yet) supported.
30116 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30117 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30118 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30121 PROJECTS:
30122 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30123 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30124 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30125 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30126 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30127 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30128 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30129 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30131 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30132 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30133 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30134 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30135 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30136 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30137 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30138 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30139 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30140 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30141 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30144 SPECIAL MENUES:
30145 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30146 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30147 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30148 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30149 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30150 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30151 current directory for VHDL source files.
30154 VHDL STANDARDS:
30155 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30156 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30159 KEYWORD CASE:
30160 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30161 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30162 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30163 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30164 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30165 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30166 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30167 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30170 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30171 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30172 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30173 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30174 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30175 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30176 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30178 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30179 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30180 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30181 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30182 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30183 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30185 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30186 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30187 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30188 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30189 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30190 visually.
30192 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30193 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30194 highlighted if written in lower case.
30196 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30197 highlighted using a different background color if option
30198 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30200 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30201 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30202 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30203 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30204 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30207 USER MODELS:
30208 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30209 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30210 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30213 HIDE/SHOW:
30214 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30215 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30216 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30217 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30218 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30221 CODE UPDATING:
30222 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30223 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30224 Limitations:
30225 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30226 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30227 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30228 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30229 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30230 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30231 (used to obtain the port names).
30234 CODE FIXING:
30235 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30236 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30239 PRINTING:
30240 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30241 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30242 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30243 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30244 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30245 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30246 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30247 printers.
30250 OPTIONS:
30251 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30252 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30253 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30254 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30255 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30257 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30258 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30259 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30260 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30261 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30262 INSTALL file).
30264 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30265 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30268 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30269 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30270 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30271 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30273 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30276 HINTS:
30277 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30278 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30280 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30282 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30284 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30287 RELEASE NOTES:
30288 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30291 Maintenance:
30292 ------------
30294 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30295 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30297 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30299 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30300 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30301 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30302 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30304 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30305 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30306 where the latest version can be found.
30309 Known problems:
30310 ---------------
30312 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30313 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30314 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30317 The VHDL Mode Authors
30318 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30320 Key bindings:
30321 -------------
30323 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30325 \(fn)" t nil)
30327 ;;;***
30329 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19190 32919))
30330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30332 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30333 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30334 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30335 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30337 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30338 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30339 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30340 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30341 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30343 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30344 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30346 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30348 * Limitations and unsupported features
30349 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30350 not supported.
30351 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30352 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30354 * Modifications
30355 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30356 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30357 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30358 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30359 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30360 for undoing a repeated change command.
30361 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30362 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30363 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30365 * Extensions
30366 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30367 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30368 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30369 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30370 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30371 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30372 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30373 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30375 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30377 \(fn)" t nil)
30379 ;;;***
30381 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30382 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30383 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30384 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18785 51225))
30385 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30387 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30388 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30390 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30392 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30393 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30394 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30395 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30397 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30399 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30400 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30402 \(fn)" t nil)
30404 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30405 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30406 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30407 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30411 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30412 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30414 \(fn)" t nil)
30416 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30417 Not documented
30419 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30421 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30422 Not documented
30424 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30426 ;;;***
30428 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30429 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30430 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30431 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30432 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19133 53180))
30433 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30435 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30436 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30437 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30439 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30441 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30442 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30443 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30444 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30446 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30448 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30449 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30451 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30453 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30454 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30455 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30456 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30457 moving around in the buffer.
30458 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30459 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30461 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30463 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30465 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30466 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30467 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30468 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30470 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30471 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30472 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30473 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30474 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30476 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30478 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30480 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30481 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30482 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30483 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30484 buffer.
30486 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30487 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30488 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30489 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30490 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30492 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30494 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30496 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30497 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30498 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30499 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30500 moving around in the buffer.
30501 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30502 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30504 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30506 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30507 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30508 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30510 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30511 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30512 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30513 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30515 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30517 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30518 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30519 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30520 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30521 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30522 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30523 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30524 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30526 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30528 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30529 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30530 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30532 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30534 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30535 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30536 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30537 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30538 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30539 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30540 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30541 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30543 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30545 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30546 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30547 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30549 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30551 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30552 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30553 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30554 turn it off.
30556 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30557 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30558 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30559 read-only.
30560 \\<view-mode-map>
30561 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30562 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30563 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30564 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30565 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30567 H, h, ? This message.
30568 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30569 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30570 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30571 > move to the end of buffer.
30572 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30573 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30574 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30575 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30576 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30577 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30578 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30579 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30580 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30581 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30582 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30583 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30584 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30585 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30586 Use this to view a changing file.
30587 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30588 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30589 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30590 . set the mark.
30591 x exchanges point and mark.
30592 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30593 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30594 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30595 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30596 ' go to position saved in character register.
30597 s do forward incremental search.
30598 r do reverse incremental search.
30599 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30600 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30601 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30602 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30603 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30604 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30605 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30606 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30607 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30608 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30609 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30610 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30611 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30612 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30613 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30614 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30615 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30617 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30618 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30619 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30620 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30621 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30622 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30623 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30624 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30625 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30627 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30631 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30632 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30633 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30634 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30635 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30636 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30637 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30638 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30639 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30641 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30643 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30644 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30645 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30646 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30647 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30648 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30649 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30651 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30652 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30653 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30654 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30655 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30656 1) nil Do nothing.
30657 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30658 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30659 frame.
30660 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30661 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30662 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30663 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30665 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30667 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30669 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30671 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30672 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30674 \(fn)" t nil)
30676 ;;;***
30678 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19190
30679 ;;;;;; 32919))
30680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30682 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30683 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30685 \(fn)" nil nil)
30687 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30688 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30690 \(fn)" t nil)
30692 ;;;***
30694 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30695 ;;;;;; (19190 32919))
30696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30698 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30699 Toggle Viper on/off.
30700 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30702 \(fn)" t nil)
30704 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30705 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30707 \(fn)" t nil)
30709 ;;;***
30711 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30712 ;;;;;; (19190 32918))
30713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30715 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30716 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30717 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30718 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30719 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30720 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30721 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30722 the beginning of the warning.")
30724 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30725 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30726 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30727 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30728 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30729 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30730 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30731 also call that function before the next warning.")
30733 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30734 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30736 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30737 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30738 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30739 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30741 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30742 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30743 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30744 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30745 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30746 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30748 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30749 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30750 Default is :warning.
30752 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30753 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30754 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30755 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30756 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30757 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30759 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30760 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30761 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30763 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30765 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30766 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30768 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30770 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30771 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30772 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30773 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30775 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30776 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30777 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30778 can be whatever you like.)
30780 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30781 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30783 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30784 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30785 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30786 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30787 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30789 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30791 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30792 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30793 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30794 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30795 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30797 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30799 ;;;***
30801 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30802 ;;;;;; (19133 53180))
30803 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30805 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30806 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30807 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30808 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30809 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30810 in disk.
30812 See `wdired-mode'.
30814 \(fn)" t nil)
30816 ;;;***
30818 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18785 51236))
30819 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30821 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30822 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30824 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30825 hotlist.
30827 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30828 <nwv@acm.org>.
30830 \(fn)" t nil)
30832 ;;;***
30834 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30835 ;;;;;; (18937 15799))
30836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30837 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30838 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30840 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30842 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30843 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30844 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30847 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30849 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30851 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30852 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30853 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30854 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30856 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30857 and off otherwise.
30859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30861 ;;;***
30863 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30864 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30865 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30866 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19172 3123))
30867 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30869 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30870 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30872 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30873 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30874 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30876 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30877 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30881 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30882 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30884 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30885 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30886 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30888 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30889 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30890 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30891 use `whitespace-mode'.
30893 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30897 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30898 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30899 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30902 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30904 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30906 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30907 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30909 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30910 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30911 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30913 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30914 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30918 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30919 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30920 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30922 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30923 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30925 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30927 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30928 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30930 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30931 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30932 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30934 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30935 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30936 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30937 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30939 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30943 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30944 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30946 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30947 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30949 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30950 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30952 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30954 CHAR MEANING
30955 (VIA FACES)
30956 t toggle TAB visualization
30957 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30958 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30959 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30960 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30961 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30962 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30963 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30964 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30965 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30966 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30967 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30968 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30969 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30970 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30971 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30973 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30974 T toggle TAB visualization
30975 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30976 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30978 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30979 ? display brief help
30981 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30982 The valid symbols are:
30984 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30985 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30986 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30987 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30988 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30989 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30990 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30991 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30992 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30993 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30994 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30995 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30996 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30997 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30998 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30999 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31001 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31002 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31003 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31005 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31007 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31011 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31012 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31014 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31015 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31017 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31018 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31020 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31022 CHAR MEANING
31023 (VIA FACES)
31024 t toggle TAB visualization
31025 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31026 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31027 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31028 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31029 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31030 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31031 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31032 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31033 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31034 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31035 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31036 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31037 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31038 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31039 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31041 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31042 T toggle TAB visualization
31043 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31044 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31046 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31047 ? display brief help
31049 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31050 The valid symbols are:
31052 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31053 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31054 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31055 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31056 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31057 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31058 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31059 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31060 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31061 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31062 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31063 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31064 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31065 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31066 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31067 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31069 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31070 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31071 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31073 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31075 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31079 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31080 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31082 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31083 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31084 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31085 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31086 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31088 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31090 The problems cleaned up are:
31092 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31093 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31094 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31095 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31097 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31098 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31099 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31100 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31101 SPACEs.
31102 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31103 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31104 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31105 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31107 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31108 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31109 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31110 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31111 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31112 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31113 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31114 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31116 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31117 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31118 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31120 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31121 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31122 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31123 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31124 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31125 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31126 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31127 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31129 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31130 documentation.
31132 \(fn)" t nil)
31134 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31135 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31137 The problems cleaned up are:
31139 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31140 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31141 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31142 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31143 SPACEs.
31144 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31145 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31146 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31147 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31149 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31150 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31151 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31152 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31153 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31154 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31155 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31156 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31158 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31159 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31160 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31162 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31163 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31164 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31165 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31166 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31167 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31168 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31169 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31171 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31172 documentation.
31174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31176 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31177 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31179 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31180 non-nil.
31182 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31183 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31184 `whitespace-style' to have:
31186 empty
31187 trailing
31188 indentation
31189 space-before-tab
31190 space-after-tab
31192 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31193 whitespace problems in buffer.
31195 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31197 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31198 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31199 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31200 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31201 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31202 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31203 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31205 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31206 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31207 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31208 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31209 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31210 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31211 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31213 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31214 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31215 cleaning up these problems.
31217 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31219 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31220 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31222 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31223 non-nil.
31225 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31226 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31227 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31229 empty
31230 indentation
31231 space-before-tab
31232 trailing
31233 space-after-tab
31235 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31236 whitespace problems in buffer.
31238 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31240 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31241 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31242 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31243 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31244 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31245 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31246 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31248 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31249 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31250 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31251 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31252 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31253 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31254 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31256 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31257 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31258 cleaning up these problems.
31260 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31262 ;;;***
31264 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31265 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18785 51176))
31266 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31268 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31269 Browse the widget under point.
31271 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31273 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31274 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31276 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31278 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31279 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31281 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31283 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31284 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31285 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31289 ;;;***
31291 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31292 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19123
31293 ;;;;;; 40238))
31294 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31296 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31297 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31299 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31301 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31302 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31303 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31305 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31307 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31308 Create widget of TYPE.
31309 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31311 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31313 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31314 Delete WIDGET.
31316 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31318 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31319 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31321 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31323 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31324 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31325 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31327 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31328 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31330 \(fn)" nil nil)
31332 ;;;***
31334 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31335 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18785
31336 ;;;;;; 51176))
31337 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31339 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31340 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31341 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31342 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31343 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31344 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31345 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31349 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31350 Select the window above the current one.
31351 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31352 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31353 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31354 negative ARG) of the current window.
31355 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31359 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31360 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31361 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31362 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31363 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31364 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31365 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31369 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31370 Select the window below the current one.
31371 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31372 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31373 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31374 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31375 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31379 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31380 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31381 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31382 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31384 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31386 ;;;***
31388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "window" "window.el" (19169 37272))
31389 ;;; Generated autoloads from window.el
31391 (put 'special-display-buffer-names 'risky-local-variable t)
31393 ;;;***
31395 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31396 ;;;;;; (19144 23267))
31397 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31399 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31400 Toggle Winner mode.
31401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31402 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31404 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31406 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31407 Toggle Winner mode.
31408 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31412 ;;;***
31414 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31415 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19106 2682))
31416 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31418 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31419 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31420 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31421 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31422 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31424 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31426 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31427 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31428 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31429 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31430 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31431 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31432 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31433 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31435 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31436 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31438 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31440 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31441 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31443 \(fn)" t nil)
31445 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31446 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31447 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31448 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31449 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31450 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31451 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31452 `woman' command for further details.
31454 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31456 ;;;***
31458 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31459 ;;;;;; (19123 40239))
31460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31462 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31463 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31465 BUGS:
31466 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31467 are not implemented
31468 - Options for search and replace
31469 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31470 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31472 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31473 Emacs-like.
31475 The key bindings are:
31477 C-a backward-word
31478 C-b fill-paragraph
31479 C-c scroll-up-line
31480 C-d forward-char
31481 C-e previous-line
31482 C-f forward-word
31483 C-g delete-char
31484 C-h backward-char
31485 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31486 C-j help-for-help
31487 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31488 C-l ws-repeat-search
31489 C-n open-line
31490 C-p quoted-insert
31491 C-r scroll-down-line
31492 C-s backward-char
31493 C-t kill-word
31494 C-u keyboard-quit
31495 C-v overwrite-mode
31496 C-w scroll-down
31497 C-x next-line
31498 C-y kill-complete-line
31499 C-z scroll-up
31501 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31502 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31503 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31504 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31505 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31506 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31507 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31508 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31509 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31510 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31511 C-k b ws-begin-block
31512 C-k c ws-copy-block
31513 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31514 C-k f find-file
31515 C-k h ws-show-markers
31516 C-k i ws-indent-block
31517 C-k k ws-end-block
31518 C-k p ws-print-block
31519 C-k q kill-emacs
31520 C-k r insert-file
31521 C-k s save-some-buffers
31522 C-k t ws-mark-word
31523 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31524 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31525 C-k v ws-move-block
31526 C-k w ws-write-block
31527 C-k x kill-emacs
31528 C-k y ws-delete-block
31530 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31531 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31532 C-o j justify-current-line
31533 C-o k kill-buffer
31534 C-o l list-buffers
31535 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31536 C-o r set-fill-column
31537 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31538 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31539 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31540 C-o wo other-window
31541 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31543 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31544 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31545 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31546 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31547 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31548 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31549 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31550 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31551 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31552 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31553 C-q a ws-query-replace
31554 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31555 C-q c end-of-buffer
31556 C-q d end-of-line
31557 C-q f ws-search
31558 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31559 C-q l ws-undo
31560 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31561 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31562 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31563 C-q w ws-last-error
31564 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31565 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31567 \(fn)" t nil)
31569 ;;;***
31571 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19144 23277))
31572 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31574 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31575 Perform an interactive search.
31576 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31577 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31578 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31579 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31581 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31582 Example:
31584 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31586 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31588 ;;;***
31590 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31591 ;;;;;; (18785 51176))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31594 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31595 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31596 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31597 Returns the top node with all its children.
31598 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31599 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31601 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31603 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31604 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31605 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31606 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31607 is not well-formed XML.
31608 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31609 and returned as the first element of the list.
31610 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31612 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31614 ;;;***
31616 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31617 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19190 32923))
31618 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31620 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31621 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31622 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31623 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31624 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31625 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31626 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31627 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31628 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31629 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31631 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31633 ;;;***
31635 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18830
31636 ;;;;;; 47923))
31637 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31639 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31640 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31641 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31642 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31643 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31644 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31646 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31648 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31649 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31650 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31651 it off.
31653 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31654 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31655 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31656 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31657 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31658 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31662 ;;;***
31664 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31665 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19106 2685))
31666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31668 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31669 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31671 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31673 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31674 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31676 \(fn)" nil nil)
31678 ;;;***
31680 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31681 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19144 23279))
31682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31684 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31685 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31687 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31690 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31692 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31694 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31695 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31696 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31698 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31700 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31701 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31703 \(fn)" t nil)
31705 ;;;***
31707 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18785 51238))
31708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31710 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31711 Zone out, completely.
31713 \(fn)" t nil)
31715 ;;;***
31717 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "button.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-lock.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/burmese.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "x-dnd.el") (19190
31929 ;;;;;; 36074 271185))
31931 ;;;***
31933 (provide 'loaddefs)
31934 ;; Local Variables:
31935 ;; version-control: never
31936 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31937 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31938 ;; coding: utf-8
31939 ;; End:
31940 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here